Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Education & Training Services / Stride

Stride

lrn · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker lrn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Education & Training Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Stride
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Highlights

Fiscal year 2012 was a tremendous year for the Company. We increased revenues to $708.4 million, a growth rate of 35.6%. 
EBITDA* increased 29.7% to $87.0 million. 

Revenue

2008

2009

2010

2011

$226.2M

$315.6M

$384.5M

$522.4M

)
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i
s
r
a

l
l

o
d
(

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2012

$708.4M

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

EBITDA*

2008

2009

2010

2011

$25.6M

$43.2M

$61.2M

$67.1M

2012

$87.0M

Income from  
Operations

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

$13.0M

$22.3M

$35.5M

$24.2M

$29.0M

100

) 80
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i
s
r
a

l
l

o
d
(

)
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n

i
s
r
a

l
l

o
d
(

60

40

20

0

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

*EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See reconciliation of net income to EBITDA in Item 6, Selected Financial Data in our Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Pushing the Boundaries of Online Education

To Our Fellow Shareholders:

K12  was  founded  to  give  every  child  access  to  an  excellent 

proud  to  have  won  the  2012  Distinguished  Achievement 

education,  recognizing  that  technology  could  enable  this 

Award  for  Fundamentals  of  Geometry  and  Algebra  (6th 

to  happen.  K12  has  come  a  long  way  in  the  past  decade 

Grade  Math)  and  to  be  named  a  2012  Distinguished 

toward fulfilling that mission and now partners with states, 

Achievement  Award 

finalist 

for  Elementary  School 

districts,  schools,  parents,  and  students  to  meet  their 

Language  Arts  (Kindergarten).  AEP  award  recipients 

education  needs.  Today,  we  are  enhancing  the  educational 

are  honored  for  their  high-quality  educational  content, 

experience  as  well  as  changing  how  education  is  delivered 

and  the  Distinguished  Achievement  Awards  recognize 

and  consumed.  Most  importantly,  we  are  individualizing 

the  year’s  finest  achievements  in  educational  products. 

education  for  students  from  all  geographic  and  economic 

Our  employees  work  especially  hard  to  create  the  best 

strata in the United States and around the world.

education experience for K–12 learners, and we are proud 

that their accomplishments are being widely recognized.

K12  continues  to  broaden  its  reach,  serving  students 

in  85  countries  and  all  50  states,  including  more  than 

We remain dedicated to delivering world-class curriculum 

2,000  school  districts  across  the  United  States.  This 

and  education.  The  rapid  adoption  of  technology-based 

transformation  is  a  testament  to  the  quality  of  K12’s 

learning  is  a  significant  education  paradigm  shift,  one  of  the 

products  and  services  that  are  designed  to  improve 

largest ever seen. Today, we are facilitating the transition 

learning  outcomes  for  all  students.  Online  education 

from  the  old  chalk-and-talk,  one-size-fits-all  education 

has  removed  the  nexus  between  geography  and  quality, 

model  to  a  technology-driven 

individualized 

learning 

opening  up  a  new  frontier  for  students  seeking  an 

environment for every student. Technology-based online 

individualized education experience. 

education  is  transformational,  and  K12  continues  to  lead 

K12  continues  to  receive  important  industry  awards  for 

the quality of its curriculum. During this past year, K12 was 

named the leading provider of online curriculum to school 

districts  by  Market  Data  Retrieval’s  research  service, 

EdNET  Insight.  In  2012,  K¹²  was  once  again  honored  by 

the  Association  of  Educational  Publishers  (AEP).  K¹²  is 

the way so that all students can obtain the education they 

deserve.  We  will  continue  to  work  with  states,  schools, 

parents,  and  students  to  create  education  models  that 

prepare  students  for  the  21st  century.  We  strive  to  help 

more  students  succeed,  graduate,  prepare  for  post-

secondary education, and  enter the global workforce.

We  continue  to  grow  rapidly  and  expand  our  footprint. 

This  school  year,  we  opened  a  school  in  New  Jersey 

that  combines  online  learning  with  physical  classroom 

participation  (a  “Flex”  school),  as  well  as  K12-managed 

online  public  schools  in  two  new  states—Iowa  and  New 

Mexico. These are in addition to Louisiana and Tennessee, 

which  opened  last  year.  Also,  enrollment  caps  have  been 

expanded or eliminated in several states.

“ Technology-based 
online education is 
transformational, and K12 
continues to lead the way.”

Our  three  lines  of  business—full-time  managed  public 

schools (turn-key management services provided to public 

schools), institutional business (educational products and 

services  provided  to  school  districts,  public  schools,  and 

other educational institutions that we do not manage), and 

international and private pay business (private schools for 

which we charge student tuition and make direct consumer 

sales)—are  all  growing  rapidly.  At  our  full-time  managed 

public schools, revenues grew more than 31%, from $454.0 

million in fiscal year 2011 to $596.1 million in 2012. In fiscal 

year 2012, our institutional business revenues grew more 

than  56%  year-over-year,  from  $46.8  million  to  $73.2 

million,  while  our  international  and  private  pay  business 

revenues increased in excess of 80%, from $21.7 million to 

$39.1 million. Despite a challenging economic climate, we 

are pleased to report that overall revenue growth in fiscal 

year  2012  was  almost  36%  compared  to  the  prior  year, 

driven primarily by organic growth. 

In  addition  to  serving  more  students  and  schools,  we 

are  also  dedicated  to  driving  efficiencies  that  allow  us  to 

deliver more to students for less. In fact, this year we are 

starting to see positive results from many of the strategic 

acquisitions made in the last few years. These acquisitions 

are strengthening our domestic and global product lines, 

services, and market reach. As we complete the integration 

of  these  acquisitions,  they  are  now  providing  broader 

product 

lines, 

improved  company-wide  economies  of 

scale,  and  expanded  revenue  opportunities—all  positive 

Helping Dropouts Graduate

K12 and Chicago Public Schools’ Youth 

Connection Charter School launched 

the YCCS Virtual High School in 2009, 

a dropout intervention program.  YCCS 

Virtual High School provides a rigorous 

blend of individualized, online and 

face-to-face instruction, plus social 

development support.

The nationwide need is critical: a 

report from the Institute of Education 

Sciences, National Center for Education 

Statistics (NCES), found that about 

25% of public school students drop out 

before they finish high school.

This Chicago public school program 

serves 18- to 21-year-old students 

who have previously dropped out of 

school and need to complete less than 

two years’ worth of credits in order to 

graduate. The students split their time 

in half between online and in-class 

learning, meeting daily at Malcolm X 

City College for teacher-led instruction 

combined with virtual classrooms 

where students take online courses. 

This demonstrates the flexibility of K12-

blended models.

The flexible, individualized aspect of 

online courses is particularly valuable 

to at-risk students, who associate the 

existing brick-and-mortar classroom 

model and traditional schedule with 

their failure.

YCCS Virtual High School continues 

to be a solid success for students who 

previously dropped out of school. For 

the third year in a row, more than 90% 

of the eligible senior class successfully 

graduated. This compares to a 2012 

graduation rate for Chicago public 

building  blocks  that  we  believe  will  contribute  to  our 

schools of about 61% (projected to be 

future growth and profitability.

60.6% as of June 2012). 

“ When we speak of modernizing the classroom, we  

are talking about improving the way students learn.”

Infrastructure Investment

Additionally,  we  know  from  the  data  that  the  longer 

students  are  enrolled  in  K12-managed  public  schools,  the 

We continue to invest in infrastructure and software. For 

more likely they are to be proficient, i.e., on grade level, as 

example,  our  new  customer  relationship  management 

determined by state standardized tests. 

(CRM) and marketing automation systems, state-of-the-

art  second  data  center,  and  Oracle  enterprise  resource 

planning  system  provide  a  more  robust,  company-wide 

infrastructure that allows us to drive efficiencies, leverage 

legacy technologies, and scale our business faster. 

K12  will  be  issuing  an  Annual  Academic  Report  in  the  fall 

of  2012  that  will  explain  how  we  measure  the  academic 

performance of our students and the associated challenges 

and 

inaccuracies  of  applying  traditional  performance 

evaluation  methods  to  virtual  public  schools,  given 

Together,  our  infrastructure  investments  and  strategic 

their  high  student  growth  rates  and  dynamic  student 

acquisitions  will  allow  the  company  to  manage—and 

populations. 

grow—a  much  larger,  and  more  efficient,  domestic  and 

international education enterprise that can better achieve 

our primary mission of delivering a quality education to all 

students who seek this choice.

Continued Research  
and Product Development 

Academic Performance

We  believe  that  the  best  way  to  measure  academic 

performance  is  to  use  an  academic  growth  model  that 

quantifies  the  actual  progress  each  child  makes  in  a 

school  year.  Since  the  2008–2009  school  year,  K12  has 

measured academic growth in its managed public schools 

using the Scantron Performance Series—an independent, 

computer-adaptive  test  in  both  reading  and  math  that 

students  take  in  the  fall,  and  then  again  in  the  spring  of 

the same academic year. We favor this approach because 

the  high  percentage  of  new  students  each  year,  coupled 

with  the  fact  that  so  many  students  matriculate  behind 

grade level, make traditional state tests of limited use to 

evaluate these schools.

Student academic growth in our managed public schools is 

compared to the Scantron norm group, which is comprised 

of thousands of students who represent national student 

demographics.  For  the  last  two  academic  years,  (2010–

2011  and  2011–2012),  students 

in  K12-managed  public 

schools  have  consistently  met  or  outperformed  the 

Scantron  norm  group  gain  in  94%  of  the  grade  levels  in 

Since  we  launched  the  company  12  years  ago,  more  than 

2,000  school  districts  have  partnered  with  us  to  provide 

curricula,  services,  and  support  for  online  and  blended 

learning  programs.  In  that  span,  we  have  delivered  more 

than  4  million  online  course  enrollments—including 

credit  recovery,  world  languages,  Advanced  Placement®, 

electives,  and  core  courses.  This  year,  we  expanded  our 

2012–2013 curriculum portfolio to nearly 700 online courses 

and  titles.  Over  the  past  decade,  we  have  invested  $305 

million  in  curriculum  and  systems;  and  we  will  continue  to 

invest in new curriculum, technology, research, and learning 

methodologies  to  ensure  that  we  remain  innovative  and 

can provide additional capabilities for our students and the 

schools and school districts we serve. 

In  addition  to  bolstering  our  course  catalog  this  year,  we 

continued  to  invest  in,  develop,  and  deliver  new  online 

technologies, learning platforms, tools, and applications. 

We introduced PEAK12, an innovative application that will 

allow schools to implement, personalize, and manage their 

district-wide  online  programs,  including  K12  and  (coming 

soon)  third-party  content  on  a  single  platform.  This  new 

intelligent management system is another example of how 

we partner with schools to provide a complete continuum 

reading, and in 75% of the grade levels in math.

of online learning solutions.

“ At its core, K12 is a 
partner to states, 
districts, and schools 
that want to offer 
families effective 
education choices.”

We  also  delivered  more  content  that  can  be  accessed 

through  multiple  online  marketplaces,  such  as  iTunes, 

Google  Play,  and  Amazon,  and  unveiled  a  variety  of  new 

applications  for  mobile  phones  and  tablets.  We  also 

launched 56 virtual labs and 35 e-books.

To  help  address  the  national  problem  of  students 

performing below grade level in math, we introduced the 

National Math Lab program during the school year, a pilot 

program  designed  to  help  students  in  grades  5–10  catch 

up to grade level in math. Because first-year results were 

promising,  we  are  expanding  the  program  for  the  2012–

2013 school year to serve as many as 10,000 students.

Dubai Women’s College  
High School Opens

Students  attend  school  five  days  a  week  for  a  full  day  of 

instruction,  delivered  in  the  classroom  and  online.  The  K12 

curriculum includes a robust catalog of more than 130 core 

This year, K12 helped launch the Dubai Women’s College High 

and elective courses, including electives in subjects such as 

School in the United Arab Emirates. Working together, K12’s 

art,  science,  history,  business/career,  and  technology  that 

Flex  School  Partnership  and  the  Dubai  Women’s  College 

are not available in area schools. 

launched  this  innovative  college  prep  high  school  that 

prepares Middle Eastern teenage girls for the rigors of post-

secondary study. 

Each student has his or her own computer— at no charge—

and  takes  courses 

independently  throughout  the  day. 

Students  learn  at  a  flexible  pace  under  the  guidance  and 

The blended learning school includes Emirati courses taught 

supervision  of  state-certified  teachers.  Those  students 

by  Arabic-speaking  teachers  in  traditional  classrooms  and 

who need more support can go more slowly, while students 

American courses taught in English using online curriculum 

who  are  advanced  in  certain  subjects  can  move  ahead 

from  K12  International  Academy.  Students  log  in  to  the 

more  quickly.  Students  are  also  able  to  participate  in 

online school from dedicated computer learning labs, where 

extracurricular clubs and social activities.

certified  K12  teachers  help  guide  students  through  the 

interactive  lessons  and  assessments  via  one-to-one  chat, 

e-mail, and Skype™ video.

Flex Academies Launched

Alexandria City Public Schools Opens  
T.C. Satellite Campus

The  T.C.  Satellite  Campus  is  the  first  comprehensive,  non-

traditional satellite high school campus in Northern Virginia. 

Opened  this  year,  the  Newark  (NJ)  Prep  Charter  School 

The  hybrid  school  offers  the  Aventa  curriculum,  flexible 

offers  the  best  of  online  learning  with  traditional  onsite 

scheduling, 

internships,  one-to-one 

student-centered 

education.  This  fast-growing  blended,  or  hybrid,  education 

support,  and  a  new  pathway  to  graduation  that  fits  the 

model  features  engaging,  individualized  learning  through 

needs of a diverse group of students. K12 has worked closely 

a  combination  of  traditional  classroom  teachers,  online 

with  Alexandria  City  Public  Schools  to  develop  the  first  of 

curriculum, tools, and resources. The Newark school is now 

many  planned  small  satellite  campuses,  designed  to  meet 

the third Flex Academy we have partnered with and helped 

the  needs  of  students  who  require  additional  schedule 

launch in the last three years; the others are San Francisco 

flexibility  because  of  family  or  work  obligations,  students 

Flex Academy and Silicon Valley Flex Academy.

who  want  to  accelerate  their  learning  and  get  to  college 

more quickly, and others who, for varied reasons, prefer not 

to attend classes in a large high school setting.

Partnering with States, Districts, Schools, Parents, and Students

When  we  speak  of  modernizing  the  classroom,  we  are 

that  teachers  are  an  essential  part  of  a  great  education. 

talking about improving the way students learn. To achieve 

We  will  continue  to  invest  and  innovate  so  that  teachers 

this goal, we have invested hundreds of millions of dollars 

and students have the tools they need to receive a world-

to  develop  rigorous  curriculum,  learning  platforms,  and 

class education, regardless of geography, financial status, 

technology-based instructional and assessment tools for 

or demographic circumstances. The most exciting part of 

teachers to use in schools. 

this  critical  journey  is  that  we  are  just  beginning  and  we 

“ We are a leading 
innovator of technology-
based, personalized, 
and individualized K–12 
education—providing 
each student with the 
opportunity to maximize 
his or her potential and 
achieve academic success.”

believe the best is yet to come. 

At  its  core,  K12  is  a  partner  to  states,  districts,  and 

schools  that  want  to  offer  families  additional,  effective 

education  choices.  As  acceptance  of  online  education 

continues to increase, and as K12 continues to grow, those 

threatened  by  choice  and  technology  may  continue  to 

oppose  innovation.  We  will  continue  to  demonstrate  and 

communicate the effectiveness of our products, services, 

and  educational  solutions.  We  know  technology,  student 

choice, and innovative companies are essential to ensuring 

that  all  children  have  access  to  an  education  that  allows 

them  to  pursue  and  achieve  their  life  aspirations  in  the 

21st century. We will not rest until this becomes a reality.

Sincerely,

We are taking individualized learning further with “adaptive” 

Nathaniel A. Davis 

learning.  Our  product  development  team  is  working  on 

Chairman 

cutting-edge  adaptive  applications  that,  for  example, 

deliver  immediate  feedback  to  students  taking  a  test  or 

quiz, and then automatically adjust the next lesson to reflect 

their  competencies  and  deficits.  MARK12  Reading  is  one 

Ronald J. Packard 

such  product  that  has  shown  strong  results  in  accelerating 

Chief Executive Officer and Founder

learning for students behind grade level.

This  year’s  success  and  growth  would  not  have  been 

possible  without  the  collective  drive  and  determination 

of  our  more  than  3,300  global  employees,  including  the 

thousands  of  teachers  who  deliver  our  curriculum.  We 

believe that education is fundamentally about children and 

 
 
What Our Families Are Saying

Satisfaction Ratings

Awards

Parent
Satisfaction

97%

Student
Satisfaction

92 %

of K12 parents say their student 
has benefitted academically 
from the K12 curriculum 1

of K12 high school students 
say they have benefitted 
academically from the K12 
curriculum 3

96 %

91%

of K12 parents say their 
student has benefitted 
academically from attending 
their K12 school 2

of K12 high school students 
say they have benefitted 
academically from attending 
their K12 school 4

Debunking the Social Myth

90%

of K12 high school students 
participate in activities outside 
of the home 5

98%

of K12 elementary virtual school 
students rate their ability to 
make friends as being better or 
unchanged since becoming a 
K12 student 6

Popular K12 high school student 
activities include: 7

Extracurricular activities

62%

Church/religious studies

58%

Volunteering 29%

Community group work

12%

Distinguished Achievement Awards
Association of Educational Publishers 
(Winners and Finalists 2006–2012)

BEST 

Public Virtual School Solution
Software Information Industry  
Association (2011 Finalist)

21st Century

BEST PRACTICES AWARD

U.S. Distance Learning  
Association (2010)

THE LEADING PROVIDER 

of K–12 Online Curriculum  
to U.S. school districts
EdNet Insight (2012)

COLLEGE BOUND

Students at K12 partner schools 
have been accepted at hundreds 
of fine post-secondary institutions, 
including: 8 

Princeton University

University of Oxford

Columbia University

Stanford University

Duke University

Northwestern University

Brown University

Cornell University

New York University 

1,2  K–8 and High School Parent Satisfaction surveys for K12 Virtual Academies, spring 2012
3,4  High School Student Satisfaction survey for K12 Virtual Academies, spring 2012
5,7  K12 2011 National Programs survey, grades 6–12
6  IESD: Evaluation of the Social Skills of Full-Time, Online Public School Students in grades 2,4,6, May 2009
8  Based on student responses from annual K12 senior surveys and matriculation data, 2010–2012

University of California at Berkeley

The Juilliard School

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K

(cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(cid:2) TRANSITION REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

For the  transition period from 

 to 

Commission file number 001-33883
K12 Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
2300 Corporate Park Drive
Herndon,  VA 20171
(Address of principal executive  offices) (Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(b) of the Act:

95-4774688
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

(703) 483-7000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Title of each class

Name of  each exchange on which registered

Common Stock,  $0.0001 par  value

New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

Securities registered  pursuant  to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
(Title of Class)

Indicate by  check mark if the registrant  is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate by  check mark if the registrant  is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of  the Act.

Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934  during the  preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file  such reports),  and (2) has  been  subject  to  such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,

every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter)  during the preceding 12 months  (or  for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files).  Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark if disclosure  of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein,
and will  not  be contained,  to the best  of  registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in Part III  of this  Form 10-K  or  any  amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions  of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’
in  Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check  one):
Large  accelerated  filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:2)

Accelerated filer (cid:1)

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:2)
(Do  not check if  a
smaller  reporting  company)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

The aggregate market value  of the registrant’s voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of
December  31,  2011 was approximately $404,679,000. Aggregate market value excludes an aggregate of approximately 18,004,000
shares of common  stock held by officers  and directors and by each person known by the registrant to own 5% or more of the
outstanding common  stock on such date.  Exclusion of shares held by any of these persons should not be construed to indicate
that such  person possesses the power,  direct or  indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the
registrant, or that  such person  is controlled  by  or under common control with the registrant.

The number of shares of  the  registrant’s common stock outstanding as of September 7, 2012 was 36,844,093.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the  registrant’s definitive proxy  statement for its 2012 annual  meeting of stockholders to be filed pursuant  to
Regulation 14A with the Securities and  Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended
June  30,  2012, are incorporated  by reference  into Part III of this Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  3.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  4
PART II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  5. Market for Registrant’s Common  Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM  6.
ITEM  7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures  About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and  Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  8.
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
ITEM  9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  11. Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions  and Director Independence . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees  and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  14.
PART IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM  15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1
1
29
44
44
45
45
46

46
49

53
77
78

115
115
119
119
119
119

119
119
119
120
120

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
EX-21.1
EX-23.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
101.INS
101. SCH
101. CAL
101. LAB
101. PRE
101. DEF

XBRL Instance Document
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

i

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Annual Report  on Form 10-K (the

‘‘Annual Report’’) to ‘‘K12,’’ ‘‘K12,’’ ‘‘Company,’’ ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our’’ and ‘‘us’’ refer to K12 Inc. and its
consolidated subsidiaries.

SPECIAL NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of  the Private

Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995  that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements
other than statements of historical facts  contained in this Annual Report  on Form 10-K are  forward-
looking statements. We have tried, whenever possible,  to  identify these forward-looking  statements
using words such as ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,’’  ‘‘continues,’’ ‘‘likely,’’ ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘opportunity,’’
‘‘potential,’’ ‘‘projects,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘intends’’ and similar expressions to identify forward
looking statements, whether in the negative or  the affirmative. These statements reflect our current
beliefs and are based upon information currently available to us. Accordingly, such forward-looking
statements involve known and unknown  risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause our
actual results, performance or achievements to differ  materially from those expressed in, or implied by,
such statements. These risks, uncertainties,  factors and contingencies include, but are not limited to:

(cid:127) the reduction of per pupil funding  amounts at the  schools  we  serve;

(cid:127) failure of the schools we serve to comply with regulations  resulting in a loss of funding or an

obligation to repay funds previously received;

(cid:127) reputation harm resulting from poor  performance or misconduct by operators in any  school in

our industry and in any school in which we operate;

(cid:127) legal and regulatory challenges from virtual  and  blended public school opponents;

(cid:127) discrepancies in interpretation of legislation by regulatory agencies  that  may lead to payment  or

funding disputes;

(cid:127) termination of our contracts with schools  due to a  loss of  authorizing  charter;

(cid:127) failure to enter into new contracts or  renew  existing contracts with schools;

(cid:127) risks associated with entering into and  successfully  integrating mergers, acquisitions and joint

ventures;

(cid:127) our potential inability to further develop, maintain and enhance our  technology, products,

services and brands;

(cid:127) inability to recruit, train and retain quality teachers and employees;

(cid:127) infringement of our intellectual property;  and

(cid:127) new market entrants and competitive technologies.

Forward-looking statements reflect our management’s expectations  or  predictions of future
conditions, events or results based on various assumptions and management’s estimates  of trends and
economic factors in the markets in which  we are active, as  well as our business plans. They are not
guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are  subject to risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results and financial conditions may differ,  possibly materially,  from the
anticipated results and financial conditions indicated  in these forward-looking statements. There  are a
number of factors  that could cause actual  conditions,  events or results to differ materially from  those
described in the forward-looking statements contained  in this Annual Report. A discussion of factors

ii

that could cause actual conditions, events or results  to  differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking statements appears in ‘‘Part 1—Item  1A—Risk  Factors.’’

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance  on forward-looking statements in this Annual

Report or that we make from time to  time, and to consider  carefully the factors discussed  in ‘‘Part 1—
Item 1A—Risk Factors’’ of this Annual  Report in evaluating  these  forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements are representative only as  of  the date  they are  made, and we undertake no
obligation to update any forward-looking statement as a  result of new  information,  future events  or
otherwise.

iii

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Company Overview

PART I

We  are a technology-based education company. We offer  proprietary  curriculum, software  systems

and educational services designed to  facilitate individualized learning for students primarily in
kindergarten through 12th grade, or  K-12. Our mission  is to maximize a child’s potential by providing
access to an engaging and effective education,  regardless  of  geographic location or socio-economic
background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $305  million to develop and, to a lesser
extent, acquire curriculum and online  learning platforms that promote mastery of core  concepts and
skills for students of all abilities. K12 provides a continuum of technology-based  educational products
and solutions to districts, public schools, private schools,  charter schools and  families as  we strive to
transform the educational experience into one that delivers individualized education on  a highly
scalable basis.

As an innovator in K-12 online education, we  believe we have attained distinctive core

competencies that allow us to meet the  varied needs of online public schools, school  districts,  states,
private  schools and individual learners. These core competencies  include  our ability  to  create engaging
curriculum, train teachers to be effective  in online instruction, provide  turn-key management services  to
online schools, customize online learning programs for school districts, develop  innovative new  offerings
(such as our Flex schools and National Math Lab) and assist legislators and  policy makers in
understanding the many benefits of online learning to complement and transform  traditional  schools.
These strengths enable us to provide a unique set of  products and  services primarily to three lines of
business that share many common attributes, including, curriculum, learning systems,  management
expertise, logistical systems and marketing.  These businesses are:  Managed Public Schools  (turn-key
management services provided to public schools), Institutional Business (educational products and
services provided to school districts, public schools  and  other educational institutions that we  do not
manage), and International and Private  Pay Business (private schools for  which we  charge student
tuition and make direct consumer sales).

Managed Public Schools

Institutional Business

International and Private Pay Business

(cid:127) Full-time virtual schools
(cid:127) Blended schools
—Flex schools
—Passport schools
—Discovery  schools
—Other blended schools

(cid:127) K12  curriculum
(cid:127) Aventa curriculum
(cid:127) A+  curriculum
(cid:127) Middlebury  joint  venture —K12 International Academy
(cid:127) Pre-kindergarten
(cid:127) Post-secondary

(cid:127) Managed private  schools
—The  Keystone School
— George  Washington  University Online HS

—IS Berne
(cid:127) WEB (via investment)
(cid:127) Independent course sales (Consumer)

(cid:127) Managed Public Schools.

Virtual Public Schools. The majority of our revenue is derived  from virtual public schools that
we  manage.  In  addition  to  access  to  our  course  catalog,  course  materials  and,  in  certain  cases,
student computers, we provide these schools  with a variety of  management, technology  and
academic support services. In full-time virtual managed  schools, students  receive online lessons
over  the  Internet  and  utilize  offline  learning  materials  we  provide.  The  full-time  virtual  schools
we manage are generally associated with different curricula and orientations. K12  managed
schools (often named virtual acadamies) serve K-8 or K-8 and high  school students, principally
utilize K12 curriculum, and attract both mainstream and at-risk students. In addition to these
virtual academies, we manage Insight schools, which  serve  middle school  and high school
students, typically utilize the Aventa  curriculum and  tend  to attract at-risk students. iQ
Academies serve middle school  and high school students, primarily  utilize the Aventa

1

curriculum, and are generally only partially  managed by K12—typically, the  academic program
and regulatory compliance for iQ Academies  are managed  by their host school or school district.

Blended Public Schools.
our products and services to blended schools  (sometimes referred  to  as hybrid schools), which
are public schools that combine online and face-to-face  instruction  in many different
arrangements with varying amounts of time spent  in a physical learning center.

In addition to our full-time virtual programs, we also manage  and sell

For both virtual and blended managed  schools, we  generally  take responsibility for all aspects of
the management of the schools, including monitoring  academic achievement,  teacher recruitment
and training, compensation recommendations for  school  personnel, financial  management,
enrollment processing and procurement of  curriculum, equipment and other required services.
Funding is provided primarily by state governments. For the 2012-13 school  year, we will provide
turn-key management services to Managed Public Schools in 32  states  and the District of
Columbia.

(cid:127) Institutional Business. We work closely as partners with a growing  number of districts and

schools, enabling them to offer their students an  array of online education  solutions,  including
full-time virtual and blended programs, semester  courses  and supplemental  solutions.  In  addition
to curriculum, systems and programs, we also  provide  teacher training, teaching services  and
other support services. These institutions include public  schools, school districts, private schools,
charter schools and early childhood learning centers.  Additionally, we operate a joint venture
with Middlebury College, known as Middlebury Interactive  Languages LLC  (‘‘MIL’’),  to  develop
and market online foreign language courses. For the 2011-12  school year, we served  school
districts  or individual schools in all 50 states and the District of  Columbia, including  those where
the regulatory environment restricts or prohibits  state-wide online  programs.

(cid:127) International and Private Pay Business. We operate three online private schools:  The Keystone
School, the K12 International Academy and the George Washington University Online High
School. We also manage a foreign brick and mortar private school (International School of
Berne) and have entered into agreements which  enable us to distribute our  products and
services to over 1,000 school partners throughout the  world. We serve students from 85  countries
around the world. We also are pursuing international  opportunities  where  we believe  there is
significant demand for a quality online education;  our  principal customers  are expatriate families
and foreign students who wish to study in English. Additionally, our  curriculum  is sold to end
user customers who desire to educate their children outside of the traditional  school system or
to supplement their child’s traditional  education.

To support the growing demand for K-12  online  education, we completed  several strategic

acquisitions since 2010 to expand our product line,  primarily  in our  Institutional  and Private Pay
businesses, and to gain greater scale across our operations.  Given our  rapid growth,  we have  begun to
make significant capital investments in our infrastructure, including most recently  the core for  a
company-wide enterprise resource planning (‘‘ERP’’) system, a second data center,  and an  upgrade  to
our  customer relationship management (‘‘CRM’’)  system. As  we continue to leverage  our core
competencies and integrate our acquisitions, we believe  we are  well positioned to drive and manage the
substantial growth we have experienced since  our first  year as a public company  when we achieved
revenues of $141 million for the fiscal  year ended June 30,  2007. Since fiscal year 2010, our revenues
have increased from $384 million to  $708 million,  representing growth of 84% over two years.

2

Our Market

The U.S. market for K-12 education is large and the acceptance  of online learning continues to

grow. For example:

(cid:127) According to the National Center for  Education Statistics (‘‘NCES’’), a division of the  U.S.
Department of Education, approximately 49.5 million students attended K-12 public schools
during the 2010-11 school year. In addition, according  to  National Home  Education  Research,
approximately two million students are home schooled and,  according to the  NCES,
approximately six million students are enrolled in private schools.  Many of these students will
take  an online course and a small percentage will enroll  in a full-time online  program.

(cid:127) According to the NCES, the public school  system alone encompassed more than 98,000 schools

and approximately 13,900 districts during the  2010-11 school year.

(cid:127) The NCES estimates that total spending in the  K-12 market was $650 billion for the 2008-09

school year.

(cid:127) According to the International Association  for K-12 Online Learning  (‘‘iNACOL’’), as  of  August

2010, 48 states had established a significant form  of  online  learning initiative. In addition,
according to Ambient Insight, an international market research firm, in 2011, 1.68  million  K-12
students participated in a formal online learning  program.

Many parents and educators are seeking alternatives to traditional classroom-based  education for a

variety of reasons. Demand for these alternatives  is evident  in the expanding number of choices
available to parents and students. For  example, public charter schools  emerged in 1988  to  provide an
alternative to traditional public schools and, according to the  Center for  Education Reform, have grown
by 230% since 2001. Currently, there are over 5,000 charter  schools operating in  41 states  and the
District  of Columbia with an estimated enrollment of  over 1.9 million students according to the  Center
for Education Reform. Similarly, acceptance of online  learning initiatives, including not only virtual and
blended public schools, but also online courses, credit  recovery, remediation,  testing and Internet-based
professional development, has continued to grow.  Districts are also rapidly adopting online learning to
expand course offerings, provide schedule flexibility, increase graduation rates  and lower the cost to
deliver education.

Demand for Education Alternatives:  The Market Opportunity and the K12 Solutions

As evidenced by the varying options  being utilized by K-12 students,  no single educational  model

works equally well for all students. Children today utilize technology in  all  aspects of their lives and we
expect them to extend their use of technology  to  their  educational needs and choices. Our business is
modeled on the premise that every student has the right  to  an education that is individualized,
personalized and, available anywhere at any  time. We  also believe all  students can benefit from  more
rigorous and engaging content.

We  believe that full-time virtual schools  will meet the needs of a small  percentage of  the overall

K-12 student population, but do represent and will continue to represent a  large and  growing
opportunity in absolute terms. Across our educational  programs, families  come from  a broad  range of
social, economic and academic backgrounds.  They share the desire for individualized instruction  to
maximize their children’s potential. Examples of  students for whom this solution fits include, but are
not limited to, families with: (i) students seeking to learn faster or slower than they  could  in a ‘‘one
size fits all’’ traditional classroom; (ii) students with safety, social and health concerns about their local
school; (iii) students with disabilities  who are underserved  in traditional  classrooms; (iv) students for
whom the local public school is not meeting their needs; (v) students who need flexibility, such as
student-athletes and performers who are not  able  to  attend regularly-scheduled classes; (vi) college-
bound students seeking to bolster their college  readiness and application appeal  by  taking additional

3

Advanced Placement, honors and/or  elective courses; (vii)  high school dropouts; (viii)  students  of
military families who desire high quality,  consistent education across  moves; and (ix)  students  for whom
their current school option is otherwise not working. Our individualized  learning approach allows
students to optimize their educational experience and, therefore, their chances of achieving their goals.
The schools we manage, both public and private,  which generated  the  majority of our revenue
(approximately 84% in fiscal 2012), serve this demand.

We  believe that the majority of students in the United States  will continue to be educated in

school buildings, although we further believe  that the academic  benefits for many students and the
significant savings for taxpayers will continue  to  drive states and districts to  incorporate online solutions
into their school-based programs. One  of  the challenges  the traditional schools continue to face  is
adoption of technology and innovative new learning modalities. In our Institutional Business,  we  offer a
complete solution for districts and schools that  need a  turn-key option and also offer online curriculum
and services on a solutions-oriented,  individualized  basis for those customers  who need less than a
full-service offering. We believe this range of options creates the opportunity for us to serve the
majority of students who will learn within school  buildings. Therefore, we have  invested significant
resources, organically and through acquisitions, in developing product offerings  that  afford us the
flexibility to serve different types of customers with varying value propositions  and price  points that are
adaptable to an institution’s capabilities and needs. We have  and  will continue to pursue selected
markets outside the United States where we believe our curricula can  address local market  needs.

We  believe that our core competencies, coupled  with the  significant investments  we have  made in

our  infrastructure and our strategic acquisitions and partnerships, position us to offer educational
resources for all types of students. Regardless  of whether a student chooses to remain in a  classroom or
seeks an alternative setting, attends public or private school, lives  in the United States or abroad, wants
to take online classes on a full or part-time basis or is an advanced or remedial  student, our products
and services offer students expanded  educational  opportunities.

Our Business Lines

Managed Public Schools

Virtual Public Schools

The majority of our revenue is derived from  full-time virtual public schools that we manage. In

addition  to  access  to  our  course  catalog,  course  materials  and,  in  certain  cases,  student  computers,  we
provide these schools with a variety of management,  technology and academic support  services.  In
full-time virtual managed schools, students receive online  lessons  over the  Internet and  utilize offline
learning materials we provide. Students receive  assignments, complete lessons, and obtain instruction
from certified teachers with whom they interact  online,  telephonically, in virtual classroom
environments, and sometimes face-to-face. For parents who  believe their  child is  not  thriving  in their
current public school or for students and families who require time or location flexibility in  their
schooling, virtual and blended public  schools can provide a compelling  choice.

Students are also provided the opportunity to participate  in a wide  variety of school  activities,

including outings and clubs. In addition to school-level activities, we sponsor a wide variety of
extracurricular activities on a national  basis, such  as clubs, contests and college  and career planning
sessions.

The full-time virtual schools we manage  are generally  associated with different curricula  and
orientations. K12 managed schools (often named  virtual acadamies) serve K-8 or K-8 and high school
students, principally utilize the K12 curriculum and attract both mainstream and at-risk students. In
addition to these virtual academies, we manage Insight  schools, which  serve middle school  and high
school students, typically utilize the Aventa curriculum,  and  tend to attract  at-risk students. iQ

4

Academies serve middle school and high school students, primarily  utilize the Aventa  curriculum, and
are generally only  partially managed  by  K12—typically, the academic program and regulatory
compliance for iQ Academies are managed by their host school or school  district.

Blended Public Schools

In addition to our full-time virtual programs, we also manage  and sell our  products and services to

blended schools (sometimes called hybrid schools), which are public schools  that  combine  online and
face-to-face instruction for students in many different arrangements. For the 2012-13 school year, we
expect to manage blended schools in  California,  Hawaii, Illinois, Indiana  and New Jersey.

In contrast to a typical brick and mortar public school, blended schools can provide  a greater
selection of available courses, increased opportunities for self-paced, individualized instruction and
greater scheduling flexibility. We manage  four types of  blended schools, which  bring students and
teachers physically together more often than  a purely online program. In  the hybrid schools we
manage, students attend a learning center on a part-time basis,  where they receive direct  instruction.

Additionally, our Flex model is a unique  blended school model we  first launched in the  fall of
2010. In this program, middle and high school students attend  a learning  center five days  a week and
access and engage in their individualized online  lessons in an  open study  lab while receiving
face-to-face direct instruction in areas of particular need. Flex schools leverage many of the  capabilities
of a virtual school with the advantages  of a physical  school environment.

Another type of blended school option  is the Passport  program, which utilizes a  similar basic
instructional model as a Flex school and is  designed for at-risk students, particularly those  who have
previously dropped out of high school,  and  therefore includes more  counseling  and support services.
Due to the reality that many Passport  students have work and/or child care responsibilities, most
students spend half of each day on-site and complete the remainder of their work  online.

We  have also piloted select grades and subjects of our  curriculum in  traditional brick and mortar

classrooms in many states through our Discovery programs. These programs utilize an  interactive
whiteboard with our curriculum and emphasize our math and  science courses. For  these  schools, we
also provide intensive professional development for the school’s teachers and work closely  with the
school’s principal.

For the 2012-13 school year, we will  provide turn-key management services to Managed Public
Schools in 32 states and the District of Columbia.  For most of these schools, we take  responsibility for
all aspects of the management of the schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher
recruitment and training, compensation of school personnel, financial management,  enrollment
processing and procurement of curriculum, equipment  and  other required services.  Managed  Public
Schools accounted for approximately  84%  of  our  revenue in fiscal year 2012.

Institutional Business

Public schools and school districts are increasingly adopting online solutions to cost-effectively
expand course offerings, provide schedule flexibility, improve  student  engagement, increase  graduation
rates, replace textbooks and retain students. To address these growing needs, we provide  curriculum
and technology solutions, packaged in a portfolio of  flexible learning and  delivery models mapped to
specific  student and/or district needs. This portfolio provides  a  continuum of delivery models, from  full
and part-time virtual, to blended learning and other options that can be used in traditional classrooms
to differentiate instruction. Our catalog contains solutions  to address specific student needs, including
Advanced Placement, honors, world languages, remediation,  credit recovery, alternative  education,
career and technology electives and college readiness. We also  provide highly qualified  state-certified
teachers, professional development and  other  support services as needed by our customers.

5

In addition to providing a vast array of online learning  solutions, we recently launched a  system
called Personalize, Engage and Achieve with  K12 (‘‘PEAK12’’), designed to centrally manage multiple
online solutions across a school or district through  one  application.  PEAK12 enables teachers and
administrators to personalize online learning solutions for their students  by leveraging all curricula
across all supported solutions. PEAK12 currently supports the majority of the  K12 curriculum portfolio
and will eventually support not only  all K12 content, but also other third-party solutions, open
educational resources and district and teacher-created content. For  students, teachers and
administrators, PEAK12 eliminates the complexity of managing  multiple accounts  and roles and will
provide a consistent online environment  for full-time, credit  recovery, world languages  classes or
blended classroom programs. We believe increasing ease-of-use  for  administrators and teachers  is a
critical factor in improving student support  and therefore,  improving  student outcomes.  PEAK12
addresses this need by serving all of the online instructional needs of a  school or district in an
integrated, data-driven manner.

During the 2011-12 school year, we continued to expand  our  direct and indirect sales network and

have provided nearly all sales representatives the ability to sell all solutions in the  K12 portfolio,
including the original K12 solutions as well as the Aventa, A+ and MIL product  lines.  We have  also
expanded our customer services team to support our growing relationships and  employ teachers across
the United States to serve students and train school  administrators  and teachers.

For the 2011-12 school year, we served school districts or individual  schools in all 50 states  and the
District  of Columbia, including those  where the regulatory  environment restricts or prohibits  state-wide
online programs. Based upon school  districts’  and academic administrators’ growing acceptance of
online learning and desire for cost efficient, integrated and flexible educational  solutions,  we believe
that the direct-to-district distribution  channel  offers  further significant growth  potential.

We  provide online services to post-secondary  institutions through  our Capital Education subsidiary,

which  offers programs designed for colleges and universities seeking to broaden their reach and  build
or expand their online presence by leveraging  our extensive  catalog of over 200  higher education
courses. Services include course development and distribution  through a proprietary learning
management platform, hosting and technical support, student advisory  services and  program
administration. We currently provide services  for multiple programs at four colleges and  universities in
the United States. We will continue to  add programs for  existing customers and  add new  customers
over the coming years to not only serve higher education, but  also expand higher  education
opportunities for high school students  in our public  and  private  virtual programs.  We  also deliver our
curriculum to address the remediation  needs  of  higher education institutions through a partnership with
Blackboard Inc.

International and Private Pay Business

Where publicly-funded online schools are not authorized or  available, we operate private online
schools. We also sell individual online courses directly to families.  Beyond  our  business  in the United
States, we are pursuing international opportunities where we believe  there is significant demand for a
quality online education. Our principal private school customers are expatriate families and foreign
students who desire a U.S. diploma and wish to study  in English.  We maintain a  regional presence in
Switzerland, Dubai and Singapore. During fiscal  year 2012, we served almost 30,000 students in 85
countries. In addition, we have entered into agreements which enable us  to  distribute our products and
services to over 1,000 school partners in foreign  countries. These institutions use our  courses  to  provide
international—dual diploma programs.

We  operate the K12 International Academy, an online private  school that serves students in both

the United States and overseas. Through  the K12 International Academy, students may  study in an
academic program that ultimately leads  to  an accredited U.S. high school diploma. Students  may also

6

enroll in individual courses on a part-time basis. The K12 International Academy utilizes the same
curriculum, systems and teaching practices that we provide to the virtual public schools we manage in
the United States. In addition, this school  provides a unique international  community including clubs
and events that enrich the student experience by allowing students to interact  with peers  in other
countries. The school is accredited by  the Southern Association of  Colleges and Schools and
AdvancED, and is recognized by the Commonwealth of Virginia as  a degree granting institution of
secondary learning.

The Keystone School (‘‘Keystone’’) is  a private school that has  been an  innovator in home

education and distance learning for over 35  years.  Students attend The Keystone  School for middle and
high school on a full or part- time basis. Keystone has  served over 250,000  students  through online
courses  with teacher support as well as print correspondence  course  programs. Keystone uses our
Aventa curriculum and provides a lower-cost option to families  than either  of our  other two  private
schools. It is accredited by the Northwest  Association of Accredited  Schools.

The George Washington University Online High  School is operated in  cooperation with the
George  Washington University. The program, which launched in 2011-12  school year,  offers  K12’s
college preparatory curriculum and is designed for high  school students who are seeking  a challenging
academic experience and aspire to attend  top colleges and  universities.  The  school also provides
extensive counseling throughout the high school years to help students make academic  and
extracurricular choices and maximize  their  future potential.

In April 2011, we acquired the operations of the  International School of Berne (‘‘IS Berne’’),  a
traditional school located in Berne, Switzerland,  one of the 200 International  Baccalaureate  (‘‘IB’’)
institutions serving students in grades Pre-K through 12. IS Berne is  in its 50th year of operations and
had an 89% pass rate on the International Baccalaureate diploma  exam among its high school  seniors
during the 2011-12 school year.

Consumer Sales

Our curriculum is sold directly to customers who desire to  educate their children outside  of  the

traditional school system or to supplement their child’s  existing public  school education. Customers of
our  consumer product have the option of purchasing  a complete grade-level curriculum  or individual
subjects depending on their child’s needs.  Typical applications include summer school  course  work,
home schooling and educational supplements.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy consists of leveraging the investments we have  already made  in our curriculum

and learning systems, as well as the tremendous expertise  we have  developed  in online learning and
school management, to serve adjacent markets and  to  diversify  our risk profile.  This strategy is  aligned
with the way the education industry is expected to evolve and  consists of  the following components:

Increase Enrollments at Existing Virtual and Blended Public Schools through  Greater Penetration  and

In the 2012-13 school year, we will manage virtual and blended

Removal of Enrollment Restrictions.
public schools in 32 states and the District of Columbia. We  plan  to  continue to drive  increased
enrollments at these schools. In a number  of  states where we contract  with virtual  and blended  public
schools, regulations limit student enrollment or  enrollment  growth. We intend to work with schools,
legislators, state departments of education,  educators and parents  to  find solutions that will  remove
enrollment restrictions and allow access for  every  child who is interested in attending a virtual  or
blended public school.

Expand Virtual and Blended Public School Presence into  Additional States and  Cities. The flexibility

and comprehensiveness of our learning systems  allows us to efficiently adapt our curriculum  to  meet

7

the individual educational standards of any state  with minimal capital investment. We  will  continue to
work with states to establish virtual and blended  public schools and  to  contract with  them to provide
our  curriculum, online learning platform,  management services, and other related offerings.

Accelerate Institutional Business Sales. We have increased our distribution capacity to schools and
school districts by hiring additional sales representatives, acquiring a sales team  through our  acquisition
of KC Distance Learning (‘‘KCDL’’)  and acquiring distributor relationships  through our acquisition of
The American Education Corporation (‘‘AEC’’). We have combined  these  resources to increase sales to
our  Institutional Business customers.

Add Enrollments in Our Private Schools. We currently operate three online private schools that we

believe appeal to a broad range of students and families. We look to drive increased enrollments in
these schools by increasing awareness  and through targeted marketing programs.

Pursue International Opportunities to Offer Our  Learning  Systems. We believe there is strong
worldwide demand for high-quality, online education from U.S. families  living abroad and foreign
students who seek a U.S.-style of education, and the schools and  school  systems that serve them  in
their local market. Our ability to operate virtually is not constrained  by the  need for a physical
classroom or local teachers, which makes our learning  systems ideal for use  internationally.

Develop Additional Channels through Which to Deliver  Our Learning System. We plan to evaluate
other delivery channels on a routine  basis  and  to  pursue opportunities where we  believe there is  likely
to be significant demand for our offering, such as direct classroom  instruction,  blended classroom
models, supplemental educational offerings  and  individual products packaged and sold directly to
consumers.

Pursue Strategic Partnerships and Acquisitions. As with our joint venture with Middlebury College,
we intend to pursue opportunities with  other  highly-respected partners where we  can be a  valued-added
partner or contribute our expertise in  curriculum development  and  educational services to serve  more
students. We will also pursue selective acquisitions at  attractive valuations that complement our existing
educational offerings and business capabilities, and  that are  natural extensions  of our  core
competencies.

Expand Product Line. We intend to continue to expand our product line  and offerings,  both

organically and through strategic acquisitions of product portfolios.

Products and Services

Educational Philosophy

Our focus remains on offering best-in-class solutions  for our customers at each entry point in the

market. Our acquisition of several product  portfolios during the last  few years has allowed us to expand
the number and nature of market entry  points. As  we continue to integrate  these portfolios  into  our
content management system, we will upgrade them so that  they embody the relevant aspects of our
educational philosophy and guiding principles.  We intend to  continue to leverage these portfolios across
our  educational solutions and distribution channels.

The design, development and delivery  of  our  products and services is  grounded in  the following  set

of guiding principles:

(cid:127) Apply ‘‘Tried and True’’ Educational Approaches for Instruction through Technology; Employ

Technology Appropriately to Deliver and Enhance Those Approaches. Our learning systems are
designed to utilize both ‘‘tried and true’’ methods  to  drive academic success. ‘‘Tried’’
methodologies are those that have been experientially  tested and proven to be effective. ‘‘True’’
methodologies are those based on more  recent cognitive research regarding  the way in which

8

individuals learn. ‘‘Tried’’ methodologies  employed by K12 must also pass through the ‘‘true’’
litmus test; the two criteria are not antagonistic. This ‘‘tried and true’’ philosophy  allows us to
benefit from both  decades of research  about learning  and  over  a century  of  published analysis of
effective methods of teaching.

(cid:127) Employ Technology Appropriately for Learning. All of our courses are delivered primarily  through
an online platform and generally include a significant amount of online content.  We  employ
technology where we feel it is appropriate and can enhance the learning  process.  In addition to
online content, our curriculum includes a rich  mix of course  materials,  including  engaging
textbooks and hands-on materials such as instructional kits,  scientific and musical instruments,
art supplies and science specimens. Furthermore, our  teachers utilize telephonic  contact  as well
as email and virtual electronic classrooms. We believe our balanced  use of  technology and more
traditional approaches helps to maximize the effectiveness of our learning systems.

(cid:127) Base Learning Objectives on ‘‘Big Ideas;’’  Assess Every  Objective to Ensure Mastery. We use the
expression ‘‘big ideas’’ for the key, subconscious frameworks that serve as the foundation to a
student’s future understanding of a subject matter. For example, an  understanding of waves is
fundamental to a physicist’s understanding of quantum  mechanics; for that reason,  we teach
1st graders the fundamentals of waves in an  age-appropriate form. We  use ‘‘big  ideas’’ in every
subject area to organize the explicit learning objectives  for  each  course we develop.

(cid:127) Assess Every Objective to Ensure Mastery. Ongoing assessments are the most effective  way to
evaluate a student’s mastery of a lesson or concept. To facilitate effective  assessment, our
curriculum states clear objectives for each lesson. Throughout a course, every  student’s  progress
is assessed at a point when each objective  is expected to be mastered, providing  direction  for
appropriate pacing. These periodic and well-timed assessments reinforce  learning and  promote
mastery of a topic before a student moves to the next lesson or course.

(cid:127) Individualized Learning. We create engaging curriculum content with  the purpose of  capturing

the student’s attention to make learning more  interesting  and  effective.

(cid:127) Prioritize Important, Complex Objectives. Our content experts have developed  a clear

understanding of those subjects and concepts that are difficult for  students,  from both historical
and cognitive points of view (that is, from  both  the ‘‘tried’’ and the ‘‘true’’ perspective described
earlier). Greater instructional effort is  focused  on the  most important concepts (the biggest
ideas) and on the most challenging concepts  and  skills (as revealed  by experience and  research).
We use existing research, feedback from parents and students,  and experienced teacher
judgments to determine these priorities  and to modify our learning systems  to  guide  the
allocation of each student’s time and effort.

(cid:127) Facilitate Flexibility to Accommodate Variations in Ability. We believe that each student should be
challenged appropriately, where ‘‘challenge’’ is  both  a matter  of  the difficulty inherent in  the
subject matter, and also the pace at which the subject  matter  is presented. Generally, adequate
progress for most students is to complete one academic year’s curriculum within  a nine-month
school year. Each individual student may  take greater  or fewer instructional hours and make
more or less effort than the average student  to  achieve this progress. Our  learning systems are
designed to facilitate this flexibility in order  to  ensure  that the appropriate amount of time and
effort  is allocated to each lesson.

(cid:127) Ensure Fundamental Content Soundness. Our credentialed subject matter experts (‘‘SMEs’’) or
‘‘Content Specialists’’ bring their own scholarly and  teaching backgrounds to course design and
development and are required to maintain relationships  with and awareness of guidelines from
nearly 40 national and international subject-area associations.

9

(cid:127) Integrate Curriculum, Teachers and Technology  to Maximize Student Learning. We believe students
learn better not just with great curriculum, but also great teachers and technology that allows
them to access the content and  teachers in  a way  that makes learning more engaging and
effective.

Academic Performance

We  have made significant efforts to use an academic  growth model in the  Managed  Public Schools

so we can adequately evaluate learning  gains, which  we consider to be a more  accurate  measure  of
school effectiveness than the proficiency measures generally used to assess Adequate  Yearly Progress
(AYP) under the No Child Left Behind Act.  Because  most state  proficiency tests do not appropriately
measure individual student gains, it is very difficult to assess the  academic success  of  schools with high
enrollment growth rates, high student  mobility and a high  percentage of new students each year who
enter behind grade level. To meet that challenge,  K12 uses nationally-normed computer adaptive  tests
provided by Scantron, an independent  provider of web-based assessments to K-12 schools.  Over  70% of
the students enrolled in the Managed  Public Schools complete the Scantron tests  both at the  beginning
and end of the school year from their  home computer, and a  third-party expert has analyzed  our test
data and confirmed that it is consistent with  the national Scantron test  results.

The Scantron test allows us to measure a  student’s academic level  when entering a managed
program and after completion of each school year, thus measuring the  academic growth that the
student has actually achieved. We are  then able to compare the growth data of students in K12
managed schools with that of the national norm group, which enables us  to evaluate the  performance
of our schools against a national comparison group. We also use  Scantron growth scores  to  study the
effectiveness of specific instructional  initiatives  within the  managed schools  in an effort to continually
improve instruction. On average, the  academic growth data demonstrates that students in  the Managed
Public Schools meet or exceed the gains  of  the national  norm  group in the  majority of grade levels in
both math and reading, as measured by  Scantron. K12 plans  to  continue to invest in research on
academic performance and to obtain  more detailed performance data for our managed programs in  an
effort to better understand the students  we serve and to improve  the efficacy of our programs in the
schools we manage.

Our Products

Since 2000, our mission has been to invest in systems and technology  to  educate students more

effectively and efficiently. To date, we  have invested  $305 million in our curriculum and  learning
systems. It is our expectation that these investments will help  states, districts and  schools improve the
education of their students.

Much of this investment has been in the development of  K-12 online courses and management

systems. Most recently, we have begun to develop specialized courses and programs  designed to
remediate the rapidly increasing number  of  students who are  enrolling in  schools behind grade level.
Specifically, we are creating even more individualized learning  programs  for students using adaptive
learning technology, which requires a significant  investment to develop a specialized curriculum and a
complex database.

As school districts confront the same issues  that we are experiencing in  the Managed Public
Schools, we believe that our solutions could gain  widespread acceptance. During the past few fiscal
years, we built a new K-6 math curriculum and a  remedial reading course, both based on  the latest
educational research and pedagogical  methods.  In  fiscal  year  2012, we launched the PEAK12 system
which  provides school districts and administrators a better way to manage their online education
programs and content.

10

Just as we pioneered the development of virtual schools,  we are resolved to address the most
challenging educational needs facing schools  and  districts. Our goal is  to assist teachers,  schools and
districts  in implementing individualized  education  programs to better  serve their students. This  can take
a variety of forms including turn-key  solutions,  partnerships, vendor relationships,  enterprise licenses,
and purchases of curriculum and services.

Our investment strategy is not limited, however,  to  curriculum and systems.  We are  also making

substantial investments in our service  offerings to improve student outcomes.  For example,  we
developed a National Math Lab that offers supplemental  online instruction to students in need of
remediation in math. We piloted this  program during the 2011-12 school  year,  and the  initial
performance data is promising. We are planning to expand and  improve the National Math Lab to
make it even more valuable to students. Additionally,  we will continue to invest  in professional
development programs to train our teachers and educators.

Curriculum

K12 has the largest digital curriculum portfolio  for the K-12 online education industry. The  K12
curriculum consists of online lessons,  offline  instructional kits and  materials, and lesson guides and
other ancillaries. We offer an extensive catalog  of  proprietary courses designed to teach concepts to
students from pre-kindergarten through  12th grade, as  well as  curriculum for use  in post-secondary
online programs. A single year-long K12 course generally consists of 120 to 180 unique instructional
lessons. Each lesson is designed to last approximately 45  to 60  minutes, although  students  are able to
work at their own pace. With the acquisition of the curriculum portfolios of KCDL (Aventa),  AEC
(A+) and Kaplan Virtual Education (‘‘KVE’’), as  well as the  MIL  joint  venture, we  now have nearly
700 courses across kindergarten, elementary, middle  and  high school, including world languages.  This
combined portfolio contains over 100,000  hours  of  instructional content and over one million visual,
audio and interactive instructional elements in our  asset repository.

Online Lessons. Our K12 online lessons or curricula are accessed through a  proprietary learning

management platform, which we call  our Online School (‘‘OLS’’) for K-8 students  and the  eCollege
platform for high school students, as well as a  number of  other common industry platforms for students
who access Aventa and A+ curricula. Each  online  lesson  provides the roadmap for  the entire lesson,
including direction to specific online  and offline materials,  summaries of  major objectives for the lesson
and the actual lesson content with assessments. Digital  versions of documents,  readings,  labs and other
activities may also be included. Lessons  utilize a combination of innovative technologies, including
animations, demonstrations, audio, video and other graphic/digital interactivity, educational games and
individualized feedback, all coordinated  with offline textbooks and hands-on materials, to create an
engaging, responsive and highly-effective curriculum. The formative, and periodic  summative, online
assessments ensure that students have  mastered  the material and are ready  to  proceed to the  next
lesson, allowing them to work at their own  pace. Pronunciation guides for key words and  references to
suggested additional resources, specific to each lesson and each student’s assignments and assessments,
are also included.

Learning Kits. Many of our courses utilize learning  kits in conjunction with the  online  lessons to

maximize the effectiveness of our learning systems. In addition to receiving access to our  online  lessons
through the Internet, each K-8 student receives a shipment of materials, including  award-winning
textbooks, art supplies, laboratory supplies (e.g., microscopes, scales,  science  specimens) and other
reference materials which are referred to and incorporated in instruction throughout  our curriculum.
This approach is consistent with our guiding principle  to  utilize  technology where appropriate for our
learning systems, and combine it with  other effective instructional methods.  Most of the textbooks we
use are proprietary, written to be verbally engaging and visually  appealing to students, and  to
complement the online experience. Through fiscal year 2012, we have  also converted 35 K12 books used
across 57 courses into an electronic format, enabling us to offer options to enhance the  student

11

experience without physical books. We believe  that  our  ability to effectively combine  online  lessons and
materials—to develop, deliver and implement them together for instruction—is a competitive
advantage.

Lesson Guides. Our courses are generally paired with a lesson guide. Lesson guides work in
coordination with the online lessons and  include the following: overview information for  learning
coaches, lesson objectives, lesson outlines and activities,  answer keys to student exercises and
suggestions for explaining difficult concepts to students.

Pre-K and K-8 Courses

From pre-kindergarten through 8th grade, our  courses  are generally categorized into seven major
subject areas: English and language arts, mathematics,  science,  history,  art, music and world languages.
Our proprietary curriculum includes all of the  courses  that students need to complete  their  core
kindergarten through 8th grade education; a  new pre-K offering introduces students to core subjects
through cross-curricular thematic units, building  initial and fundamental relationships among concepts.
Courses focus on developing fundamental  skills  and  teaching the key knowledge building blocks or
schemas—the ‘‘big ideas’’—that each student  will need  to  master  the major  subject areas, meet  state
standards and complete more advanced  coursework. Unlike  a  traditional classroom education, our
learning systems offer the flexibility for each student to take  courses at different grade levels in a single
academic year, providing flexibility for students to progress  at  their  own level and pace within each
subject area.

The first phase of our K12 second generation elementary language  arts program is designed to
deliver increased interactivity and make instruction even more  engaging while integrating rewards,
interactive practice and a virtual world. Our Fundamentals of Geometry and  Algebra course completes
our  proprietary K-8 math offering. These courses support students  at  various skill levels via  targeted,
timely remediation, embody the Common Core  State  Standards (‘‘CCSS’’) and include significant  media
integration. In addition, the flexibility of our  learning systems allows us to  tailor our curriculum to state
specific  requirements. For example, we have  developed  62 courses  specifically  created for  the public
school standards in 13 states. In addition  to  the ongoing  evolution  of our  K-5  Math+  program, we have
also created over 80 custom Math+ sequences  to  serve specific state needs. We continue to migrate K12
K-8 courses from our legacy content  management  system (‘‘CMS’’)  to  our new CMS.

High School Courses

The curriculum available to high school students is much broader and varies from student to
student, largely as a result of the increased flexibility in course selection  available to high school
students. Students also are able to select from a wide range of electives. We have augmented  our lab
program for lab science courses with the  creation of alternate  kit-free science labs for  the formerly
kit-based high school science labs in order  to  provide  a more flexible and robust  lab program  across
our  physical science, earth science, biology, chemistry and physics courses.  Our overall lab program now
includes traditional kit-based labs based on  either shipped-in or household materials, virtual labs, video-
based labs, data-collection and data-manipulation labs, and field  studies. This  array provides schools
with additional materials flexibility, and integrates diverse modalities directly into our science
curriculum to promote conceptual mastery. Across all subject areas, the K12 proprietary core curriculum
accounts for approximately 90% of our high  school course enrollments.

Aventa Learning by K12 Curriculum. With our acquisition of KCDL, we also  offer  curriculum
marketed as our Aventa Learning by K12 product line. The Aventa curriculum  development team has
been fully integrated into our Product Development organization, improving  efficiency in  the use of
resources and course capabilities. Aventa courses are written  to  national  academic standards and each
of Aventa’s 22 AP courses has been reviewed  and approved by The College Board. Aventa’s  online

12

courses  are developed by subject matter experts, designed  by multimedia teams and delivered  by  highly
qualified high school instructors. Aventa classes are primarily delivered over the Internet and use a
variety of interactive elements to keep  students engaged throughout. A deep  understanding of K-12
pedagogy, as well as the human factors associated  with online technology, is integrated into Aventa’s
curriculum.

A+. With our acquisition of AEC, we gained the  A+  courseware which is currently in use in
over 5,000 public and private K-12 schools, charter schools, colleges, correctional institutions,  centers of
adult literacy, military education programs and after-school learning centers.  The A+nyWhere Learning
System provides an integrated offering of instructional software and assessment for reading,
mathematics, language arts, science, writing,  history, government,  economics and geography for  grade
levels K-12. In addition, AEC provides assessment testing  and  instructional content  for the  General
Educational Development (‘‘GED’’) test. AEC  products are designed to provide for LAN,  WAN and
Internet delivery options and support  Windows and Macintosh platforms. Spanish-language versions are
available for mathematics and language arts  for  grade  levels 1-6.

Middlebury Interactive Languages. We offer online world language courses  and summer immersion

language instruction programs through our MIL joint venture. In  addition to offering powerspeaK12
language courses, this venture also offers innovative, online language programs  for high  school and
middle  school students based on the  Middlebury College  pedagogy. The new courses use instructional
tools such as animation, music, videos and other elements that immerse students in new languages.
Beginner French, Chinese and Spanish for high  school students as well  as Chinese, French, Latin,
Spanish  and German courses for middle  and  high school students are now available and  additional
courses  are in development. The joint venture has expanded the Middlebury-Monterey Language
Academy (‘‘MMLA’’), a foreign language immersion summer program  for  middle and  high school
students, which now includes a day academy  for middle  school students as well  as our four-week
residential academy with instruction  in Arabic,  Chinese,  French, German, Italian and  Spanish at
multiple college campuses.

Innovative Learning Applications

In order to continue to enhance the user experience and instructional methods of our learning

systems, we strive to develop new technologies and learning applications  and  adapt our curriculum  to
new technology devices and platforms.

(cid:127) Mobile Learning: We have created tools that allow for more rapid mobile and tablet curriculum
or content deployment across platforms  for deeper market penetration.  Seven additional  mobile
applications were delivered in fiscal year 2012 for a  total  of  15 applications now available  for
download. These apps have been downloaded over 400,000 times since 2010. We continue to
deploy innovative educational tools for the  mobile environment. With  the increase in  the use of
mobile devices, our mobile applications  will create the ability  for a student  to  learn ‘‘on-the-go,’’
allowing for more continuous learning, engagement and  mastery  of content. We  offer
applications for the iPhone, Android phone and Android tablet  marketplaces, adapting many of
our award-winning curriculum features for the  mobile application space.  We are  continuing to
work on solutions that facilitate the deployment of  our curriculum on mobile devices.

(cid:127) Interactive Games: An active educational games initiative is delivering new methods for

engagement, practice and review of K-12 concepts, including  narrative/immersive styles,  rewards,
persistent data, complex algorithms, etc. These games make use  of  extensive research and
educational best practices and address targeted learning  objectives. We have delivered a total of
nine interactive games and an innovative review  and  practice  portal called Noodleverse.
Noodleverse includes over 1,700 activities and is  designed for K-2  students in conjunction with a
new language arts program.

13

(cid:127) Virtual Labs: We have delivered alternatives for our  educational partners who desire

materials-free curriculum. This includes converting  over 59 existing materials-based high school
Science labs into highly interactive virtual  labs and  video lab simulations that meet  state
standards and still maintain teaching the original learning objectives.  For  example,  in high school
chemistry we have developed a virtual  laboratory  on chromatography,  in which students separate
a number of inks into their component pigments. This laboratory is performed at a lab  bench
with all the materials and with the same  procedures  high school students would use in a  physical
chemistry laboratory.

(cid:127) eBook and Digital Book Distribution: Through fiscal year 2012, we have converted 35 K12

textbooks used across 57 courses into an electronic format, including textbooks, reference guides,
literature readers and lab manuals. This digital delivery ability enables  us  to  offer options to our
customers via interactive online books that enhance  the student’s reading  experience,  reinforce
the student’s learning approach and create a new method  for  delivering book and  print
materials. Each offline book is converted into an electronic  book  format with  a custom user
interface to be viewed via a standard  web browser or a commercially available electronic reader
(Kindle, Nook, etc.).

(cid:127) Adaptive Learning: We have learning management systems and can  now build  courses that are
adaptive, which enable individualized  learning experiences as the course ‘‘adapts’’ at key points
to student behavior and input. Based  on assessment  results or  individual activity, these courses
can automatically route students to an alternate  explanation,  additional  practice or  remediation
on a prerequisite skill or crucial concept. In addition to remediation,  the capability allows
students to accelerate past previously mastered concepts, giving skillful  students time  for more
challenging work. Our MARK12 reading remediation product captures individual students’
successes and challenges as they practice phonemic  awareness, alphabetic principles, accuracy
and fluency, vocabulary and comprehension. The program serves the individual student more
exercises, practice and review in areas of difficulty.  Adaptation in this way  tailors the instruction
automatically for each student, making  learning experiences more  efficient  and effective  by
building right into the course the logic an expert teacher or tutor uses to differentiate
instruction.

(cid:127) National Math Lab: We launched a pilot program for the 2011-12 school  year called National

Math Lab, designed as a controlled study with randomly selected  treatment and  control groups
from a pool of students in grades 5-10 identified as  significantly below  grade  level in  math.
National Math Lab provided nearly twice the  usual amount of  math  instruction  to  students  who
were part of the treatment group. In  addition  to  their  regular online math coursework, students
in the treatment group attended targeted synchronous mathematical instruction sessions
provided by highly-trained math teachers  four days per week. The results of the pilot National
Math Lab program were promising and  based on the success of  the pilot the  program is being
expanded for the 2012-13 school year to serve  as many as  10,000  students.

(cid:127) Engaging Videos: We continue to explore opportunities to enhance student engagement through

strategic use of relevant multimedia. Multimedia is specifically  used  as appropriate for the
subject matter. For example, our video on photosynthesis for high school  biology allows students
to witness the setup, procedure and data in  a classic experiment in which an aquatic plant is
exposed to light and produces oxygen bubbles. The high  definition video and the presentation to
the student of real data (which they then  use in  their  analysis)  makes  this video lab a
multimedia experience that is coupled with  a scientific method.

14

Online School Platform—Learning Management  System

For our K12 curriculum users in grades K-8, we provide a proprietary learning  management system,
our  OLS platform, which was launched in  the 2010-11 school year. The OLS is  a significant part of our
ongoing effort to provide the most engaging and productive learning experience for  students.  The OLS
platform is an adaptive, intuitive, web-based software platform  that provides access to our online
lessons, our lesson planning and scheduling tools, as well as our progress tracking tool  which serves a
key role in assisting parents and teachers  in managing each student’s  progress. The OLS is also the
central  structure through which students, parents, teachers and administrators interact using Kmail and
Class Connect (our integrated synchronous session scheduler).  Because the OLS  is a web-based
platform, students, parents and teachers can access  our  online  tools  and lessons through the OLS from
anywhere with an Internet connection. We license a third-party learning management  system for use  in
our  high school program.

(cid:127) Lesson Planning and Scheduling Tools. In a school year, a typical student will complete  between
800 and 1,200 lessons across six or more  subject areas. Our lesson planning and  scheduling tools
enable teachers and parents to establish an  individualized plan for each student to complete his
or her lessons. These tools are designed to dynamically update the lesson plan  as a student
progresses through each lesson and course,  allowing flexibility to increase  or decrease the pace
at which the student advances through  the curriculum  while ensuring that the  student  progresses
towards completion in the desired time frame.  For  example, the schedule can  easily be adapted
to accommodate a student who desires to attend school six  days a week, a student who is
interested in studying during the winter  holidays to take time off during the  spring, or  a student
who chooses to complete two math lessons  a day for the first month  of  the school year and
delay art lessons until the second month of the school  year. Moreover, changes can be made to
the schedule at any point during the  school year and the remainder of the student’s schedule will
automatically be adjusted in the OLS.  Unlike a traditional classroom education,  our learning
systems offer the flexibility for each student to take courses at different grade  levels in a single
academic year, providing flexibility for students to progress  at  their  own level and pace within
each subject area. The curriculum includes  assessments built into  every lesson to guide and  tailor
the pace of progress to each child’s needs.

(cid:127) Progress Tracking Tools. Once a schedule has been established, the OLS  delivers  lessons based
upon the specified parameters of the school  and the  teacher. Each day, a student  is initially
directed to a home page listing the schedule for that particular  day  and begins  the school day by
selecting one of the listed lessons. As each lesson is completed, the student returns to the day’s
schedule to proceed to the next subject. If  a student  does not complete a  lesson by the end of
the day  on which it was originally scheduled, the lesson will  be  rescheduled to the next day  and
will resume at the  point where the student left off. Our progress tracking tool allows students,
parents, learning coaches and teachers to monitor student progress. In addition, information
collected by our progress tracking tool regarding student  performance, attendance and other
data is transferred to our proprietary Student Administration Management  System (‘‘SAMS’’) for
use in providing administrative support services.  This instructional program includes several
processes and educational techniques that embrace proactive intervention. As a result, we can
provide high quality instruction  and intervention  equal to student  needs.

(cid:127) Assessment Tracking Tools: Meaningful assessments and feedback are  critical  to  efficient and
successful learning. Assessments embedded into our lessons help the parent, teacher,  and
student verify that the student is achieving important learning objectives.  A student  does not
progress to the next lesson in a course until  he has mastered the assessment at the  end of the
previous lesson. Teachers can easily view assessment data for their students in the  OLS so that
they can proactively provide additional  instruction to students when needed. Our assessment

15

tools also help us improve the program by providing information  on the  effectiveness of  specific
instructional activities and the curriculum.

Our program makes use of a variety  of formative and  summative assessment instruments:

(cid:127) Lesson assessments are used to verify mastery of the objectives for that lesson and to determine

whether further study of the lesson is necessary.

(cid:127) Unit assessments show whether or  not  the student  has retained key learning objectives for the

unit, and identify specific objectives students may need to review  before  moving on.

(cid:127) Semester assessments verify student mastery of key learning objectives for the  semester.

Independent third-party assessments are used in most of  our managed schools to pinpoint specific

individual student strengths and weaknesses relative to state standards. These results  enable the teacher
to develop a highly-personalized individual learning plan for each student. Students are  tested via an
online, adaptive test at the beginning and  end of the  school year to provide a measure of  individual
student growth demonstrating the value-added gains  of  the school program.

School Management Systems

SAMS is our proprietary student information  system. SAMS is integrated  with the OLS and  several

other proprietary systems including our  Online  Enrollment System  that allows parents to complete
school enrollment forms online and our order management  system that  generates  orders  for learning
kits and computers to be delivered to  students. SAMS stores student-specific data and is used for a
variety of functions, including enrolling  students  in courses,  assigning progress marks  and grades,
tracking student demographic data, and generating  student transcripts.  In  2008, we  launched  TotalView,
a suite of online applications that provides administrators, teachers, parents  and students a  unified view
of student progress, attendance, communications, and learning kit shipment tracking. TotalView
includes a sophisticated means of documenting  student engagement in required classroom activities,
identification of those students struggling  with grade level state  content standards, and previous year’s
performance on state tests. TotalView  also includes  Kmail,  our internal communications system.
Through Kmail, administrators and teachers can  communicate  electronically with learning  coaches and
students. TotalView also includes an  enrollment processing  and tracking tool that allows us to closely
monitor and manage the enrollment  process for new  students.  Over  the past three school  years,  we
have enhanced TotalView with additional functionality to better support the  operation of the  virtual
and blended public schools.

PEAK12

We  have launched a new and innovative online learning solution called  PEAK12. This solution
simplifies a district’s management of online learning by consolidating multiple solutions on a  single
platform. It allows administrators and teachers to manage  enrollments,  programs and performance
tracking, alerts and reporting across multiple online solutions from a single  solution. In addition,
through the PEAK12 library, districts can quickly and easily search, build, provision and publish content
or course modifications or new course solutions using various online learning assets. In the near future,
it will integrate with a variety of third-party  platforms  to  allow  districts more  flexibility and  control over
how they launch and manage their online learning programs. As  more districts adopt online learning,
they are demanding more control and  flexibility  in running  their programs.  PEAK12 provides
unparalleled capabilities for districts wanting  to  operate  multiple solutions or catalogs  from a single
place and offers rich personalization  features that can be managed  at  the  district, school  or teacher
level.

16

Our Services

We  offer a comprehensive suite of services to students and their families as well  as directly to

virtual and blended public schools, traditional schools and  school  districts. Our services can  be
categorized broadly into academic support services  and management and technology services.

Academic Support Services

Teachers and Related Services. Teachers are critical to students’ educational success.  Teachers in

the virtual and blended public schools that we manage are  often employed by the school,  with the
ultimate authority over these teachers residing with the school’s governing body. Under  our  service
agreements, we often recruit, train and  provide  management support  for these teachers. Historically, we
have seen significant demand for teaching positions in the virtual and blended public  schools that we
manage. For our Institutional Business customers, we  provide services as needed using our staff of
highly qualified and state-certified teachers and trainers.

We  use a rigorous evaluation process for making hiring recommendations to the schools we serve.

We  generally recruit teachers who, at  a minimum, are state certified and meet each state’s
requirements for designation as a ‘‘Highly Qualified Teacher,’’ and generally have at  least three years of
teaching experience. We also seek to recruit  teachers  who have the  skill  set necessary to be successful
in a virtual environment. Teaching in  a  virtual or blended  public  school  is characterized  by  enhanced
one-on-one student-teacher and parent-teacher interaction, so these  teachers  must  have strong
interpersonal communications skills. Additionally, a  virtual or blended public  school teacher must be
creative in finding ways to effectively  connect with their students and integrate themselves  into  the daily
lives of the students’ families. We assess these  teacher characteristics using  a customized online
assessment as part of the hiring process.

New teachers participate in our comprehensive training program during which,  among  other things,

they are introduced to our educational philosophy,  our  curriculum  and our OLS  and other  technology
applications, and are provided strategies  for communicating  and connecting with students and their
families in a virtual environment. We also provide ongoing professional  development opportunities for
teachers so that they may stay abreast of changing educational standards,  key  learning trends, and
sound pedagogical strategies which we  believe enhance their  teaching abilities and  effectiveness.

In addition to our compliance with state-mandated testing  programs,  we have  instituted a student

progress testing program in cooperation with a third-party  provider of standardized  testing services. The
results of this testing helps us manage the quality  of  our academic programs using widely  recognized
services from an industry-leading third party.

Advanced and Special Education Services. We believe that our individualized learning  systems are

able to effectively address the educational needs of  both  advanced and special  education students
because they are self-paced and employ flexible teaching  methods. For students requiring special
attention, we employ a national director  who is an expert on  the delivery of special education services
in a virtual or blended public school environment and who oversees the special  education  programs at
the schools we serve. We direct and facilitate  the development and implementation of  ‘‘individualized
education plans’’ for students with special needs. Each school’s special  education  program is compliant
with the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and  all state special  education
requirements. Each special needs student is  assigned a certified special education  teacher and the
school arranges for any required ancillary services, including speech and  occupational  therapy, and any
required assistive technologies, such  as special computer  displays or speech  recognition software. We
support advanced and talented students through our  advanced  learner program. Advanced learners are
able to participate in a wide variety of  enrichment seminars, clubs,  and mentoring opportunities.
Advanced students are connected to each  other  across  state boundaries through learning  circles, book
clubs, and other special-interest activities.

17

Supporting At-Risk Learners. We work to narrow the achievement gap  for  those students who
enter our virtual or blended public schools behind  their  same-age peers.  To that end,  we conduct both
formative and summative assessments during the course of  the  school year in order to identify those
students needing specific remedial support as  well as measure the  effectiveness  of the support. We also
offer the Passport  program, which is designed  for at-risk  students,  particularly those  who have
previously dropped out of high school,  and  which includes more  counseling  and support services.

Student Support Services. We provide students attending virtual or blended  public  schools that  we

manage and their families with a variety of support  services to ensure that we effectively  meet their
educational needs and goals. We offer  support to address  any questions or concerns that students and
their parents have during the course of their education. We plan and coordinate social events to offer
students opportunities to meet and socialize with  their school peers.  Finally, in connection with our
high school offering, each student is assigned a  homeroom teacher, and/or an advisor  and a  guidance
counselor who assists them with academic issues,  college and career planning  and other  support as
needed.

Management and Technology Services

Turn-key Services. For most of our managed statewide virtual and blended public schools,  we
provide turn-key management services. In these circumstances,  we  take responsibility for  all  aspects of
the management of the schools, including monitoring  academic achievement,  teacher hiring and
training, compensation of school personnel, financial  management, enrollment processing and  provision
of curriculum, equipment and required services.

Accreditation.

In 2007, the Commission on International and Trans-regional Accreditation
(‘‘CITA’’), a leading worldwide education  accreditation agency, thoroughly evaluated our school
management services and we received its prestigious accreditation. CITA  has since been absorbed by
AdvancED, the parent company of North Central Accreditation Association Commission  on
Accreditation and School Improvement and Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission
on Accreditation and School Improvement, with our full corporate accreditation transferring to
AdvancED. In addition, many of the  schools we  manage  maintain regional  accreditations with  other
accrediting associations.

Compliance and Tracking Services. Operating a virtual or blended public school entails most of the
compliance and regulatory requirements of  a traditional public school. We have developed management
systems and processes designed to ensure that  schools  we serve are in compliance  with all applicable
requirements, including tracking appropriate  student information and meeting various  state and federal
reporting requirements. For example,  we collect enrollment related information, monitor attendance
and administer proctored state tests.  As we have  expanded into new states, our  processes have grown
increasingly robust, and we believe our compliance and tracking processes provide  us with a  distinct
competitive advantage.

Financial Management Services. For the schools we manage, we oversee  the preparation  of the

annual budget and coordinate with the  school’s governing body to determine its  annual objectives. In
addition, we implement an internal control  framework, develop  policies and procedures, provide
accounting services and payroll administration,  oversee all federal entitlement programs, arrange for
external  audits and ensure all state and  local compliance reporting is  met.

Facility, Operations and Technology Support  Services. We generally operate administrative offices
and all other facilities on behalf of the schools  we manage.  We provide  these schools with  a complete
technology infrastructure. In addition,  we provide  a comprehensive  help  desk solution for  students and
school staff to address their computer or  other technical  issues.

18

Human Resources Support Services. We are actively involved in hiring virtual  and blended  public

school administrators, teachers and staff, through  a thorough  interview  and orientation process.  To
better facilitate the hiring process, we  review and analyze  the profiles  of  teachers  that  have been highly
effective in our learning systems to identify the attributes desired in future new hires. While many
schools employ teachers directly, we also help negotiate and secure  employment  benefits and payroll
services for school staff on behalf of the schools and administer employee benefit plans  for school
employees. Additionally, we assist the  schools we serve  in drafting  and  implementing administrative
policies and procedures.

Competition

As a general matter, we face varying degrees of competition from  a  variety  of  education  companies

because our learning systems encompass many components of the educational development and
delivery process. We compete primarily  with companies that provide online curriculum  and school
support services to K-12 virtual and blended  public  schools, and school  districts.  These companies
include DeVry, Inc. (Advanced Academics), Pearson PLC  (Connections Academy),  White Hat
Management, LLC, and National Network  of Digital Schools Management  Foundation Inc., among
others. We also face competition from  online  and print curriculum developers. The online curriculum
providers include Apex Learning Inc.,  Compass Learning, E2020 Inc., OdysseyWare, PLATO
Learning, Inc., Rosetta Stone Inc. and traditional textbook  publishers include  Houghton Mifflin
Harcourt, McGraw-Hill Companies and Pearson PLC.  We also compete  with institutions  such as The
Laurel Springs School (Nobel Learning  Communities, Inc.) and the National Connections Academy for
online private school students. Additionally, we  compete with  state-run online programs such  as Florida
Virtual School.

We  believe that the primary factors on which  we compete are:

(cid:127) extensive experience in, and understanding of, K-12 virtual schooling;

(cid:127) track record of academic gains and customer  satisfaction;

(cid:127) quality of curriculum and online delivery platform;

(cid:127) qualifications and experience of teachers;

(cid:127) comprehensiveness of school management and student  support services;

(cid:127) integrated K12 solutions, with components designed and built to work together;

(cid:127) ability to scale across our lines of business; and

(cid:127) competitive pricing.

Broadly speaking, we participate in the market for K-12 education. In states  where we manage
virtual and blended public schools, we believe that we generally serve less than 1% of the public school
students in that state. The customers  for  our  Institutional Business are schools and  school districts
seeking individual courses to supplement  their course  catalogs  or school districts seeking to offer an
online education option to serve the needs of  a small subset of  their overall  student population.
Defining a more precise relevant market  upon which to base a  share estimate would not be meaningful
due to significant limitations on the comparability of data  among  jurisdictions. For  example, some
providers to K-12 virtual public schools serve only high school  students; others serve  the elementary
and middle school students, and a few serve both. There are also providers of online virtual K-12
education that operate solely within individual states  or geographic  regions  rather than  globally as we
do. Furthermore, some school districts offer their  own virtual programs with which  we compete.  Parents
in search of an alternative to their local public school have  a number of alternatives beyond virtual  and
blended public schools, including private  schools, charter schools and  home  schooling. In  the

19

International and Private Pay Business, we compete for students  seeking an English-based  K-12
education on an international basis. We currently draw students from 85  countries and  operate  a brick
and mortar private school in Switzerland.  In  addition,  our integrated learning systems  consist of
components that face competition from many different  types  of education companies, such as
traditional textbook publishers, test and assessment  firms and private education management
companies. Finally, our learning systems are designed to operate domestically and internationally over
the Internet, and thus the geographic addressable market for many  of  our products and services is
global  and indeterminate in size.

Key Functional Areas

Public Affairs, School Development, Student Recruitment  and  Marketing

We  seek to increase public awareness of the  educational and fiscal benefits of individualized online

learning options through full-time online  and  blended instructional models  as well as supplementary
course options. We receive numerous inquiries from  school districts,  legislators,  charter school  boards,
community leaders, state departments of education, educators and parents who express the  desire to
have a choice in public school options.  Our public affairs and school development  teams work together
with these interested parties to identify and pursue opportunities to expand  the use of  our products and
services in new jurisdictions.

Our student recruitment and marketing team is responsible for promoting our corporate brand,
generating new student enrollments, managing the consumer sales  business,  conducting market and
customer research, defining, packaging and pricing our  product offerings  to customers, and enhancing
the experience of students enrolled in the schools  we serve  through the  development and  operation of
student clubs and parent support opportunities. This team employs  a  variety  of strategies  designed to
better understand and address the requirements of our target markets.

Operations

The physical learning kits that accompany our online lessons are an essential component  of  many

of our courses. A student enrolling in  one of our courses receives multiple textbooks, art  supplies,
laboratory supplies (e.g. microscopes and scales) and  other reference  materials designed to enhance the
learning experience. We package these books and  materials into course-specific learning kits.  Because
each  student’s curriculum is customized, the combination  of kits for each student must also  be
customized. In fiscal year 2012, we assembled approximately 5.5 million items into more than 504,000
kits.

Over our 12 years of operation, we believe that we have gained significant experience in the

sourcing, assembly and delivery of school  supplies and  materials. We have  developed  strong
relationships with partners allowing us to source goods at favorable price, quality and  service  levels.
Our fulfillment partner stores our inventory, builds our learning kits and  ships the kits to students. We
have invested in systems, including our Order Management System, to automatically  translate  the
curriculum selected by each enrolled student  into  an order to build the  corresponding individualized
learning kit. As a result, we believe we  have an end-to-end warehousing and fulfillment operation that
will cost-effectively scale as the business  grows  in scope and complexity.

For many of our virtual and blended public school customers, we  attempt  to  reclaim any  materials

that could be cost-effectively re-utilized in the next school year. These items,  once returned to our
fulfillment center, are refurbished and included in future learning kits. This  reclamation process allows
us to maintain lower materials costs.

Our fulfillment activities are highly seasonal, and are centered around the start  of  school in August

or September. Accordingly, approximately  65% of our annual materials inventory is  received between

20

March and May and approximately 65%  of  shipments to customers occur between  June and
September.

In order to ensure that students in virtual and blended public schools have  access to our OLS, we
often provide students with a computer and all  necessary support.  We source computers and ship them
to students when they enroll and reclaim  the computers at the end of a school year or upon
termination of their enrollment or withdrawal from  the school in  which they are enrolled.

Technology

Our online learning systems, along with our back office support systems, are built  on our
proprietary Service Oriented Architecture  (‘‘SOA’’)  to  ensure high availability and redundancy. The
flexibility and security enabled by our SOA are the core principles of our systems’ foundation.

Service Oriented Architecture. All of our systems leverage our SOA  that is built  on top  of
Enterprise Java. The SOA allows us  to develop iterative solutions  expeditiously  to  meet both present
and future market  needs. Our high availability  and scalability are also facilitated  by  this architecture.
The SOA also enables seamless integration with third-party solutions in  our  platform with ease and
efficiency.

Availability and Redundancy. Our SOA allows for primary and secondary equipment  to  be  utilized

at all network and application tiers. Each  application  layer  is load  balanced across multiple  servers,
which,  along with our sophisticated network management capabilities, allows for additional hardware to
be inserted into our network providing us with optimal  scalability  and availability as evidenced by our
greater than 99% uptime with our ever  growing  user base. We regularly backup  critical  data  and store
this  backup data at an offsite location.

Security. Our security measures and policies include dividing  application  layers  into  multiple zones

controlled by firewall technology. Sensitive communications are encrypted  between client and server
and our server-to-server accessibility is  strictly controlled and monitored.

Physical Infrastructure. We utilize leading vendors to provide  a foundation for our SOA. Our
systems are housed offsite in data centers that provide a  robust, redundant network backbone, power
and geographically separated disaster  recovery. In fiscal year 2012, we went live with our  second data
center which now hosts our K12 websites and  multiple non-production support environments. Our
second  data center, geographically separated from  our  primary,  has been  configured with enterprise
virtualization technology and will soon operate  as a ready  business continuity site  with secured,
near-real time data replication. We vigilantly  monitor our physical infrastructure for security,  availability
and performance.

Oracle eBusiness Suite.

In fiscal year 2012, we continued our investment in the Oracle  ERP

platform to further provide operational efficiencies and support scalable, global  growth. In addition to
enabling operational integration within our finance department (including  the integration of recent
corporate acquisitions), we implemented automated expense reporting, enhanced business intelligence
and consolidated onto a single chart  of  accounts. The current Oracle eBusiness Suite roadmap for  fiscal
year 2013 includes implementation of  a new integrated billing  solution, an automated delegation of
authority capability, significant management and business intelligence dashboards, enhanced
procurement policies and processes,  and  enhanced cash management capabilities, among other business
and technical initiatives. In particular,  we seek to further leverage enterprise solutions across
interdependent functional areas through migration of or  interface with  other  applications. Our
eBusiness Suite is  hosted by Oracle OnDemand,  a full-service  data center with 24/7 support  that
includes site redundancy and disaster recovery  services.

21

Other Information

Intellectual Property

Since our inception, we have invested more than  $305 million to develop, and  to  a lesser degree,

acquire our proprietary curriculum, education software and online  learning systems.  We continue to
invest in our intellectual property as  we  develop  more courses  for new grades  and expand into adjacent
education markets, both in the United States and overseas. Through acquisitions, we have also  acquired
curriculum, patents and trademarks that expand our portfolio of educational products  and services.  We
continue to add features and tools to  our proprietary learning platform and support systems to assist
teachers and students and improve educational outcomes, such  as adaptive learning  technologies. These
intellectual property assets are critical to our success  and  we avail  ourselves of  the full protections
provided under the patent, copyright,  trademark and trade secrets  laws. We also routinely utilize
confidentiality and licensing agreements  with our employees,  the  virtual and blended public schools,
traditional schools, school districts and private schools that  we serve, individual consumers,  contractors
and other businesses and persons with which  we have  commercial relationships.

Our patent portfolio includes issued patents and  pending  applications directed towards various

aspects of our educational products and offerings. In particular, the  first family of patent applications
we filed in the U.S. and in foreign countries was  directed towards the first  generation of our system
and method of virtual schooling and  includes two issued  patents. Further, two U.S.  patents  were issued
for our  systems and methods of online  foreign language instruction. We also acquired eight issued
patents in connection with our acquisition of  certain assets of  the  Cardean Learning Group LLC.
Finally, we have submitted patent applications in the United  States and in foreign countries  for aspects
of the second generation of our virtual  school application.

We  own the copyright to the lessons contained  in the courses  that comprise  our  proprietary
curriculum and we continue to register  this growing  lesson  portfolio with the  U.S. Copyright Office.
Through our acquisitions of KCDL, AEC and KVE, we acquired  copyright  ownership of approximately
330 courses.

We  have obtained federal and state registrations for  numerous  trademarks  that  are related  to our

offerings and we have applied to the  U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to register  certain  new
trademarks. As a result of the acquisitions  we have  made, we also own U.S.  and foreign  trademarks
and a portfolio of domain names.

We  grant licenses to individuals to use our software  in order to access  our  online  learning systems.
Similarly, schools are granted a license  to  use our online learning  systems in order to access SAMS and
our  other systems. These licenses are intended to protect our ownership  and the confidentiality of the
embedded information and technology  contained in our software and systems. We also  own many of
the trademarks and service marks that we  use as  part  of  the student  recruitment  and branding services
we provide to schools. Those marks are licensed to the  schools for  use during the  term of the products
and services agreements.

Our employees, contractors and other  parties with access to our confidential  information sign
agreements that prohibit the unauthorized use  or disclosure of our  proprietary rights,  information and
technology.

Employees

As of June 30, 2012, we had approximately 3,300  employees, including approximately  1,600
teachers. A majority of these employees are located  in the United States. In  addition,  there are
approximately 3,500 teachers who are  employed  by  virtual or blended  public schools that we manage
under turn-key solution contracts with those  schools  but are not direct  employees of K12. None of our
employees are represented by a labor  union or covered by a  collective bargaining  agreement; however,

22

certain Managed Public Schools we serve employ  unionized  teachers. We believe that our employee
relations are good.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located  at 2300  Corporate Park Drive, Herndon,  Virginia 20171

and our telephone number is (703) 483-7000. Our website address is www.K12.com.

Available Information

We  make available, free of charge through our website, our  annual  reports on Form 10-K,

quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports  on Form  8-K,  and amendments to those  reports filed
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of  the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the  ‘‘Exchange
Act’’), promptly after they are electronically filed with  the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
‘‘SEC’’). In addition, our earnings conference calls  are web cast live via our website. In addition  to
visiting our website, you may read and copy public reports we file with the SEC  at the  SEC’s  Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C.  20549,  or at  www.sec.gov. You  may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by  calling the SEC  at 1-800-SEC-0330.
Information contained on our website  is expressly not incorporated by  reference into this Annual
Report.

23

REGULATION

We  and the virtual and blended public schools  that purchase  our curriculum and management

services are subject to regulation by each of the states in which  we  operate. The  state laws and
regulations that impact our business  are  those that authorize or restrict our ability  to  operate  these
schools, as well as the applicable funding mechanisms.  Finally, to the extent  these schools receive
federal funds, such as through a grant program or  financial support  dedicated for the education of
low-income families, these schools then  become subject  to additional federal regulation. Federal
funding and other  regulations also apply to the  colleges and universities to which we provide learning
management systems and curriculum.

State Laws Authorizing or Restricting Virtual and  Blended Public  Schools. The authority to operate

a virtual or blended public school is dependent on  the laws and regulations  of  each state. Laws and
regulations vary significantly from one state to the  next and  are  constantly  evolving.  In states that have
implemented specific legislation to support virtual and blended public schools,  the schools are  able to
operate under these statutes. Other states provide for  virtual and blended public schools  under existing
charter school legislation or provide  that  school districts  and/or state education agencies  may authorize
them. Some states do not currently have  legislation that provides for virtual  and blended  public  schools
or have requirements that effectively  prohibit such schools  and, as  a result,  may require new legislation
before virtual and blended public schools can  open in  the state.  We currently serve virtual and blended
public schools or school district-led programs in 32 states plus the  District of Columbia. While a  few
states do not currently have either a  state-led  program  or significant  state-level policies for online
education, the absence of such conditions has not precluded us  from  applying to serve, and  in certain
cases serving, schools in some of those  states.

Obtaining new legislation in these remaining  states can be a  protracted and  uncertain process.
When determining whether to pursue  expansion  into  new states in which the laws are  ambiguous, we
research the relevant legislation and political climate and then make an  assessment of the  perceived
likelihood of success before deciding  to  commit resources. Specifically, we take  into  account numerous
factors including, but not limited to,  the regulations  of  the state  educational authorities, whether the
overall political environment is amenable to school choice, whether current funding levels for  virtual
school and blended schools enrollments are  adequate and accessible, and the presence of non-profit
and for-profit competitors in the state.

State Laws and Regulations Applicable to Virtual and Blended  Public Schools. Virtual and blended
public schools that purchase our curriculum and management services are often governed  and overseen
by a non-profit or a local or state education agency,  such as an  independent charter school board, local
school district or state education authority.  We  generally  receive funds for products and  services
rendered to operate virtual public schools or  blended schools under detailed service agreements with
that governing authority. Virtual and  blended public schools and blended  schools are typically  funded
by state or local governments on a per student basis. A virtual or blended public school that fails to
comply  with the state laws and regulations  applicable to it  may  be  required to repay  these  funds  and
could become ineligible for receipt of  future state funds.

To be eligible for state funding, some states require that  virtual and blended public schools be

organized under not-for-profit charters exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘‘Code’’). The schools must then be operated exclusively for
charitable educational purposes, and not  for  the benefit of private, for-profit management  companies.
The board or governing authority of the not-for-profit virtual  or blended public school must retain
ultimate accountability for the school’s operations  to  retain its tax-exempt status. It may  not  delegate its
responsibility and accountability for the school’s operations. Our  service agreements with these  virtual
and blended public schools are therefore  structured to ensure  the full independence of  the

24

not-for-profit board and preserve its arms-length  ability to exercise its fiduciary obligations to operate a
virtual or blended  public school.

Laws and regulations affect many aspects of operating  a virtual or blended public school. They can

dictate the content and sequence of the curriculum,  the requirements to earn a diploma, use  of
approved textbooks, the length of the school  year  and the  school day, the accessibility of curriculum
and technology to students with disabilities, teacher: student ratios,  the assessment of student
performance and any accountability requirements.  In  addition,  a  virtual or  blended public school may
be obligated to comply with states’ requirements  to  offer  programs  for specific populations, such as
students at risk of dropping out of school, advanced and talented students,  non-English speaking
students, pre-kindergarten students and students  with disabilities. Tutoring services  and the  use of
technology may also be regulated. Other state  laws and regulations  may  affect the school’s  compulsory
attendance requirements, treatment of absences and make-up  work, and access by parents to student
records and teaching and testing materials. Additionally, states have various requirements  concerning
the reporting of extensive student data that  may  apply to the school.  A virtual  or blended public school
may have to comply with state requirements that  school  campuses report various types  of  data  as
performance indicators of the success of the program.

States have laws and regulations concerning certification, training, experience and continued
professional development of teachers and  staff with which a virtual  or  blended public school may be
required to comply. There are also numerous laws  pertaining to employee salaries  and benefits,
statewide teacher retirement systems, workers’  compensation,  unemployment benefits and matters
related to employment agreements and procedures for termination of school employees. A virtual or
blended public school must also comply  with requirements for performing  criminal background  checks
on school staff, reporting criminal activity by school staff and reporting suspected child abuse.

As with any public school, virtual and blended public schools must comply with  state laws and
regulations applicable to governmental  entities, such as  open meetings or sunshine  laws,  which may
require the board of trustees of a virtual or blended public school to provide  public  notice of  and hold
its  meetings open to the public unless an exception in the law allows an  executive session. Failure to
comply  with these requirements may lead to personal civil and/or criminal penalties for board  members
or officers or the invalidation of actions taken during meetings that  were not properly  noticed and open
to the public. Virtual and blended public schools must also comply with public information or open
records laws, which require them to make school records available for public inspection, review  and
copying unless a specific exemption in  the law applies.  Additionally laws  pertaining  to  records privacy
and retention and to standards for maintenance of records apply to virtual  and blended  public  schools.

Other types of regulation applicable to virtual and blended public schools include restrictions on
the use of public funds, the types of  investments made with public funds, the collection of and use of
student fees and controlling accounting  and  financial management practices.

There remains uncertainty about the extent to which  virtual and blended public we  may be
required to comply with state laws and regulations applicable to traditional public schools  because the
concept of virtual public schools and blended schools is relatively new. Although we receive state funds
indirectly, according to the terms of  each service  agreement with the  local public school entity,  our
receipt of state funds subjects us to extensive state regulation  and scrutiny.  States  regularly  conduct
audits of these schools some of which are pending, to verify enrollment, attendance,  fiscal
accountability, special education services and other regulatory issues.  While  we may  believe that a
virtual public school or blended school we  serve is compliant  with state law, an agency’s different
interpretation of law in a particular state, or the application of facts to such  law,  could  result in
non-compliance, potentially affecting funding.

Regulations Restricting Virtual and Blended Public School Growth and Funding. As a public
schooling alternative, some state and  regulatory authorities have elected  to proceed cautiously with

25

virtual and blended public schools while  providing opportunities  for taxpayer  families seeking this
alternative. Regulations that control the  growth of virtual  and blended public  schools range from setting
caps on statewide student enrollments, to prescribing the number of schools in a state,  to  limiting the
percentage of time students may receive instruction online. Funding regulations  can also  have this
effect.

Regulations that hinder our ability to serve certain  jurisdictions include: restrictions on student
eligibility, such as mandating attendance at a traditional public school  prior to enrolling  in a virtual or
blended public school; caps on the total  number of students in a virtual  or blended public school;
restrictions on grade levels served; geographic limitations on enrollments;  fixing  the percentage  of per
pupil funding that must be paid to teachers; state-specific  curriculum requirements; and limits on the
number of charters that can be granted  in a state.

Funding regulations for virtual public  schools and blended schools can take a variety of forms.

These regulations include: (i) attendance—some state daily attendance rules were designed for
traditional classroom procedures and applying them to track  daily attendance and truancy in an  online
setting can cause disputes to arise over interpretation and funding; (ii) enrollment eligibility—some
states place restrictions on the students  seeking  to  enroll in  virtual and  blended public schools, resulting
in lower aggregate funding levels; and (iii) teacher contact time—some states have regulations that
specify minimum levels of teacher-student  face-to-face time. These  regulations can  create logistical
challenges for statewide virtual and blended public schools,  reduce  funding and eliminate some of the
economic, academic and technological advantages of virtual learning.

Federal  and State Grants. We have worked with some entities to  secure public and grant funding

that flows to virtual and blended public schools that we serve. These  grants are awarded to the  not-for-
profit entity that holds the charter of the virtual or blended public school on a competitive  basis in
some instances and on an entitlement  basis  in other instances. Grants awarded  to  public  schools and
programs—whether by a federal or state agency or nongovernmental organization—often include
reporting requirements, procedures and obligations.

Foreign Laws and Regulations. Schools we acquired or operate in other countries  are subject to
local laws and regulations. We oversee and  rely on the  administrators in  each school on  a continuous
basis and seek the advice of local legal and  regulatory  experts  as-needed.

Federal Laws Applicable to Virtual Public Schools and Blended Schools

Five primary federal laws are directly applicable to the  day-to-day  provision of educational services

we provide to virtual and blended public  schools:

(cid:127) No  Child Left Behind Act (‘‘NCLB’’). Through the funding of the Title I programs for

disadvantaged students under NCLB, the federal government  requires public schools to develop
a state accountability system based on academic standards  and assessments developed by the
state, which are applicable to all public school students. Each  state must determine a proficiency
level of  academic achievement based on the  state assessments, and must determine what
constitutes adequate yearly progress (‘‘AYP’’) toward that goal. NCLB has  a timeline to ensure
that no later than the 2013-14 school  year, all  students, including those in all identified
subgroups (such as economically disadvantaged, limited English  proficient and minority
students), will meet or exceed the state proficient level of academic achievement on state
assessments. The progress of each school is reviewed annually to determine whether the school
is making adequate yearly progress. If a Title I school does  not  make adequate yearly progress
as defined in the state’s plan, the local education agency  (‘‘LEA’’) is  required to identify the
school as needing school improvement, and to provide all students enrolled  in the school with
the option to transfer to another public school served by the  LEA, which  may include a virtual
or blended public school. The LEA must  develop  a school improvement plan for each school

26

identified as needing improvement in consultation  with parents, staff and  outside experts and
this plan must be implemented not later  than  the beginning of the next  full school year. If the
school does not make adequate yearly progress in subsequent years, the school  transfer  option
remains open to students and other corrective action must be taken ranging from providing
supplemental education services to the students who  remain  in the school  to  taking corrective
action including, but not limited to, replacing  school staff,  implementing  a new  curriculum,
appointing outside experts to advise the  school, extending the school  year  or the school day,
reopening the school as a public charter school  with a  private  management company or  turning
over the operation of the school to the state educational agency.

Another provision  of the NCLB requires public school programs to ensure that all teachers  are
highly qualified. A highly qualified teacher  means one who has: (1)  obtained full  state
certification or licensure as a teacher and who has not had  certification or  licensure
requirements waived on an emergency,  temporary or provisional basis; (2) obtained a  bachelor’s
degree; and (3) demonstrated competence in  the academic subject  the teacher teaches.  All
teacher aides working in a school supported  with Title  I  funds  must  be  highly qualified  which
means the person must have a high school diploma  or its equivalent  and  one of  the following:
completed at least two years of study in an institution  of higher education, obtained an
associate’s or higher degree, or met a rigorous standard of quality demonstrated through a
formal state or local assessment. Virtual and blended public schools  using our products and
services may be required to meet these requirements  for any persons who perform instructional
services.

Virtual and blended public schools that receive Title I funding and use our products and  services
may be required to provide parents of  Title I students with  a  variety of notices regarding the
teachers and teachers’ aides that teach their children. In addition, if  these  schools serve  limited
English proficient (‘‘LEP’’) children,  they may be required to provide a variety of notices to the
parents  regarding the identification of the  student as LEP and certain information about the
instruction to be provided to the student, as well as the right to remove or refuse  to  enroll the
student in the LEP program. Finally,  these schools may also be required annually to develop,
with input from parents of Title I students, and implement  a  written policy on  parental
involvement in the education of their children, to hold annual  meetings with  these  parents and
to provide these parents with assistance  in various areas to help the parents to work  with their
children to improve student achievement.

Under NCLB, even schools that do not receive Title I funding must provide certain notices to
parents. For example, schools may be required to provide a school report card  and identify
whether any school has been identified as needing improvement and for how long.  Parents also
must be provided data that will be used to determine adequate  yearly progress. Virtual and
blended public schools may be contacted by military recruiters who  have the right  to  access the
names, addresses and telephone numbers  of  secondary school students  for  military recruiting
purposes. Additionally, virtual public schools and blended schools may  be  required to notify
parents  that they have the option to request that  this information not be released to military
recruiters or to institutions of higher education.

In 2012, several states have applied for and received waivers  from various  provisions of  NCLB.
As part of those waivers, the states have proposed alternative accountability avenues that the
U.S. Department of Education has accepted as conditions to granting  the waivers.  We anticipate
that states will continue to seek waivers from NCLB, however the impact of such  waivers on the
states and schools in which we operate is  not  clear at this point.

(cid:127) Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (‘‘IDEA’’). The IDEA is implemented through

regulations governing every aspect of the special education of a child with one or more  of the

27

specific disabilities listed in the  act. The  IDEA created a  responsibility on the  part of  a school to
identify students who may qualify under the  IDEA and to perform periodic assessments  to
determine the students’ needs for services.  A student who qualifies for services under the IDEA
must have in place an individual education plan, which must be updated at least annually,
created by a team consisting of school personnel,  the student,  and  the  parent. This  plan must be
implemented in a setting where the child with a disability is educated  with non-disabled peers to
the maximum extent appropriate. The  act provides the student and parents with numerous
procedural rights relating to the student’s program and education, including  the right to seek
mediation of disputes and make complaints to the state education agency.  The schools we
manage are responsible for ensuring the  requirements of  this  act are met.  The virtual public
schools and blended schools could be required to comply with requirements  in the act
concerning teacher certification and training. We, the virtual  public school or  the blended  school
could be required to provide additional staff, related  services  and supplemental aids and  services
at our own cost to comply with the requirement to provide a free appropriate public education
to each child covered under the IDEA. If we fail  to  meet this requirement, we, the virtual public
school or blended school could  lose federal  funding and could  be  liable for compensatory
educational services, reimbursement to  the parent for educational service the parent  provided
and payment of the parent’s attorney’s fees.

(cid:127) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. A virtual public school or blended school receiving
federal funds is subject to Section 504 of the  Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (‘‘Section  504’’)  insofar
as the regulations implementing the act govern  the education of students  with disabilities as well
as personnel and parents. Section 504  prohibits discrimination against a person on the basis of
disability in any program receiving federal financial assistance if  the person  is otherwise  qualified
to participate in or receive benefit from the program. Students  with disabilities  not  specifically
listed in the IDEA may be entitled to specialized instruction or related services pursuant to
Section  504 if their disability substantially limits a  major life activity.  There are  many similarities
between the regulatory requirements of Section 504 and the IDEA; however this  is a separate
law which may require a virtual public school or  blended school to provide  a qualified student
with a plan to accommodate his or her disability in the  educational setting. If a  school fails  to
comply with the requirements and the  procedural  safeguards  of Section 504, it  may lose federal
funds even though these funds flow indirectly to the  school through a local board. In the case of
bad faith or intentional wrongdoing,  some courts have awarded  monetary  damages to prevailing
parties in Section 504 lawsuits.

(cid:127) Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Virtual public schools and blended schools are also

subject to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy  Act which protects the  privacy of a
student’s educational records and generally  prohibits a school from disclosing a  student’s  records
to a third party without the parent’s  prior consent. The law also gives parents  certain procedural
rights with respect to their minor children’s education records.  A school’s  failure to comply with
this law may result in termination of its eligibility to receive  federal  education funds.

(cid:127) Communications Decency Act. The Communications Decency Act of 1996  (‘‘CDA’’) provides

protection for online service providers against legal  action being taken against  them because of
certain actions of others. For example, the  CDA states  that no provider or  user of an interactive
computer service shall be treated as the  publisher or  speaker  of any  data given by another
provider of information content. Further,  Section 230 of the  CDA grants interactive online
services of all types, broad immunity from tort liability so long as the information at  issue is
provided or posted by a third party. As part of our technology services offering,  we provide an
online school platform on which teachers and students  may communicate.  We also  conduct live
classroom sessions using Internet-based  collaboration software and  we offer certain online
community platforms for students and parents. While the CDA affords us with  some protection
from liability associated with the interactive online services we offer,  there are exceptions to the
CDA that could result in successful actions against us that give  rise to financial liability.

28

If we fail to comply with other federal laws,  including federal civil  rights laws not specific  to
education programs, we could be determined ineligible  to  receive funds from  federal programs or face
criminal or civil penalties. Finally, there are also other federal laws and  regulations  that  affect other
aspects of our business such as the identify theft rules adopted  by the Federal Trade Commission and
for which we have adopted policies to ensure  compliance.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Government Funding  and Regulation of Public Education

Most of our revenues depend on per pupil funding amounts and payment formulas remaining  near the levels
existing at the time we execute service agreements with the Managed Public Schools we serve. If those funding
levels or formulas are materially reduced  or modified  due  to economic conditions or political  opposition, new
restrictions adopted or payments delayed, our business, financial condition, results of  operations and cash
flows could be adversely affected.

The public schools we contract with are financed  with government funding from federal, state and

local taxpayers. Our business is primarily dependent upon  those funds. Budget appropriations for
education at all levels of government are determined  through the political process, which may  also be
affected by conditions in the economy at large, such as the recent recessionary climate  in the United
States which led to budgetary pressures on  state and local governments. As a result, funding for  the
Managed Public Schools we serve has declined and may continue to decline, and experience future
instability. The political process and general economic conditions create  a number of risks that could
have an adverse effect on our business including the following:

(cid:127) Legislative proposals can and have  resulted in budget or program cuts for  public education,

including the virtual and blended public  schools and  school districts  we  serve, and  therefore have
reduced and could potentially limit or eliminate the products and  services those  schools purchase
from us, causing our revenues to decline. From  time to time,  proposals are  introduced in state
legislatures that single out virtual and blended public schools for  disparate treatment.  For
example, in 2011, an education budget was proposed in Arizona that  would have impacted the
per pupil funding for the Arizona Virtual Academy although ultimately, those proposed funding
cuts were not enacted into law.

(cid:127) Economic conditions could reduce  state education funding for all public schools, and could be

disproportionate for the Managed Public Schools we  serve. Our annual revenue growth is
impacted by changes in federal, state  and district per pupil funding levels.  Due to the  budgetary
problems arising from the recession, many states have reduced per pupil funding for public
education affecting many of the public  schools we  serve, including even abrupt  mid-year cuts in
certain states, which in some cases were  retroactively  applied to the start  of  the school year as a
result of formulaic adjustments. While the American Recovery and  Reinvestment Act of 2009
and the Education Jobs and Medicaid Assistance Act of  2010  provided  temporary  stimulus funds
to states, it did not fully offset the state funding reductions, and have now generally expired.  Our
financial results reflect the state funding reductions, federal funds provided and  expense
reductions that we undertook in order  to  mitigate  the impact of these budget constraints. At this
time, many states still have budget issues. The  specific level of federal, state  and district funding
for the coming years is not yet known and, taken  as a whole, it is reasonable to believe that a
number of the public schools we serve could experience lower per pupil  enrollment funding in
the future.

(cid:127) As a public company, we are required to file  periodic  financial  and other disclosure reports  with

the SEC. This information may be referenced in the legislative process,  including  budgetary
considerations, related to the funding of alternative public school options, including virtual
public schools and blended schools. The disclosure  of  this information  by  a for-profit  education

29

company, regardless of parent satisfaction and student performance, may  nonetheless be used by
opponents of virtual and blended public schools to propose funding reductions.

(cid:127) From  time to time, government funding  to  schools is not provided when  due,  which sometimes

causes the affected schools to delay payments to us for our  products and services. These
payment delays have occurred in the past and can deprive us  of  significant working capital until
the matter is resolved, which could hinder our ability to implement our  growth strategies and
conduct our business. For example, in fiscal year 2012, due to shortfalls in  its  general revenue
funds, California announced that it would  be  deferring its per-student attendance payments to
all public schools until early fiscal year 2013, which significantly  increased our  accounts
receivable balance.

The poor performance or misconduct by  operators of other virtual public schools, public school district virtual
learning programs or blended schools could tarnish  the reputation of all the  school  operators in our industry,
which could have a negative impact on our business.

As a non-traditional form of public education, Managed School operators  will be subject to

scrutiny, perhaps even greater than that applied to traditional public schools or  charter schools.  Not all
virtual public school, school district virtual learning program or blended school operators will have
successful academic programs or operate  efficiently, and new  entrants may not perform well  either.
Such underperforming operators could create the impression that virtual  schooling is not an  effective
way to educate students, whether or not our  learning systems achieve satisfactory performance.
Moreover, some Managed School operators  have been subject to governmental investigations alleging
the misuse of public funds or financial irregularities. These allegations  have attracted significant adverse
media coverage and have prompted legislative  hearings and  regulatory responses. Although these
investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, or even entire industries  in the case
of misleading practices by for-profit higher education companies, they may negatively impact public
perceptions of virtual public school, school  district virtual  learning program or blended  school providers
generally, including us. The precise impact of these negative public perceptions on our current and
future business is difficult to discern, in  part  because of the number of  states in which we  operate and
the range of particular malfeasance or performance issues involved. We have incurred significant
lobbying costs in several states advocating against harmful  legislation which, in our  opinion, was
aggravated by negative media coverage about us or other Managed School  operators. If these few
situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all virtual public school, school  district virtual  learning
program and blended school providers  to  be  viewed by the public  and/or policymakers  unfavorably,  we
may find it difficult to enter into or renew contracts to operate virtual  or  blended schools. In addition,
this  perception could serve as the impetus for  more  restrictive legislation,  which could limit our future
business opportunities. Finally, as we seek  to  provide online courses and supporting systems to higher
education institutions, allegations of abuse of federal financial aid funds and other statutory  violations
against for-profit higher education companies, could negatively impact  our opportunity to succeed in
this  market through increased regulation and decreased demand.

Opponents of virtual and blended public schools have sought to challenge the establishment and expansion of
such  schools through the judicial process. If these  interests prevail, it could damage our ability  to sustain  or
grow  our current business or expand in  certain jurisdictions.

We  have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to public policy lawsuits filed  against virtual

and blended schools by those who do not share our  belief  in the value of this form of  public education.
Whether or not we are a named party to these lawsuits, legal  claims have involved  challenges to the
constitutionality of authorizing statutes, methods  of instructional  delivery, funding provisions and the
respective roles of parents and teachers. For  example,  in May 2011,  the  Georgia Supreme Court ruled
in Gwinnett County School District v. Cox et al. (Case No. S10A1773) that the Georgia  State  legislature

30

exceeded its authority by creating a commission to authorize public charter schools  that  compete with
local public school districts. Although  the Georgia  Cyber Academy online charter school we serve
(‘‘GCA’’) was established under a different  charter school statute that was  not  at issue in the  case, a
potential increase in funding for students  who attend GCA was negatively affected.

The failure of the Managed Public Schools we  serve  to comply with  applicable government  regulations  could
result in a loss of funding and an obligation to  repay funds previously received, which could adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results  of operations.

Once authorized by law, virtual and blended public schools are generally  subject to extensive
regulation. These regulations cover specific program standards and financial requirements including, but
not limited to: (i) student eligibility standards; (ii) numeric and geographic limitations on  enrollments;
(iii) state-specific curriculum requirements; (iv) restrictions  on  open-enrollment policies by and among
districts; and (v) in some cases prescribed teacher: student  ratios and teacher  funding  allocations from
per  pupil funding. State and federal funding authorities conduct regular  program and financial audits of
virtual and blended public schools, including the Managed Public  Schools we serve,  to  ensure
compliance with applicable regulations. If a virtual or  blended public school we  serve is  found to be
noncompliant, it can be barred from  receiving  additional funds and could be required to repay funds
received during the period of non-compliance,  which could impair that school’s ability  to  pay us for
services in a timely manner, if at all. Additionally, the indemnity  provisions  in our standard service
agreements with virtual and blended public  schools may require us  to  return  any contested funds on
behalf of the school. For example, in  2010,  an audit  was completed of a fully-managed  virtual school we
serve in Washington State that involved  the quality of  documentation,  and interpretation of the rules
governing such documentation, maintained by  the school district for statewide enrollments and  student-
teacher contacts. Without any admissions of liability, the  school district agreed to reimburse the state
for a significantly-reduced portion of  the originally  disputed amount to be paid over a  period of four
years. Pursuant to our management agreement, we agreed to indemnify the school district for these
payments.

Virtual and blended public schools are  relatively new,  and enabling legislation therefore is  often ambiguous
and subject to discrepancies in interpretation by  regulatory authorities, which  may  lead  to disputes over our
ability to invoice and receive payments  for services  rendered.

Statutory language providing for virtual and blended public schools is sometimes  interpreted by

regulatory authorities in ways that may vary from year to year making  compliance subject  to
uncertainty. More issues normally arise during  our  first  few school years of doing business in  a state
because the enabling legislation often  does not address  specific  issues, such  as what constitutes proper
documentation for enrollment eligibility in a  virtual or  blended school. We normally work through  these
issues and come to an agreement with the  regulatory authorities  on these details,  although from time to
time, there are changes to the regulators’ approach  to  determining the eligibility of virtual or  blended
school students for funding purposes.  Another  issue may be differing interpretations on  what
constitutes a student’s substantial completion of a semester in a public school.  These regulatory
uncertainties may lead to disputes over our ability to invoice  and receive  payments for services
rendered, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of virtual and blended public charter schools depends  on the maintenance of the authorizing
charter and compliance with applicable laws.  If  these charters  are  not  renewed, our contracts with these
schools would be terminated.

In many cases, virtual and blended public schools  operate  under a charter that is granted by a

state or local authority to the charter  holder,  such as  a community group  or an established
not-for-profit corporation, which typically is required by  state law to qualify for  student  funding.  In

31

fiscal year 2012, approximately 83%  of our revenue was derived from Managed Public schools, the
majority of which were virtual and blended public schools operating under a  charter. The service
agreement for these schools is with the charter holder  or the charter board. Non-profit  charter schools
qualifying for exemption from federal  taxation under  Code Section 501(c)(3) as  charitable  organizations
must also operate on an arms-length basis  in accordance with Internal Revenue Service rules and
policies to maintain that status and their funding eligibility. In addition, all state charter school statutes
require periodic reauthorization. While none of the virtual and blended public  schools we  manage have
failed to maintain their authorizing charter, if a  virtual or blended  public  school  we manage fails to
maintain its tax-exempt status and funding eligibility,  or if its charter is revoked for non-performance or
other reasons that may be due to actions  of  the independent  charter board completely outside  of our
control, our contract with that school  would be terminated.  For  example,  in July  2009, the Pennsylvania
Department of Education (‘‘PDE’’) instituted charter revocation proceedings against the Agora Cyber
Charter School based on allegations  of charter violations and non-compliance  with state charter  school
and other laws by  the independent charter  board, even though the PDE  had no complaints against us.
However, the charter was renewed for five years on June 30,  2010, following PDE approval  of a new
board and management contract with  us.

Actual or alleged misconduct by our senior  management and directors or  officials could make  it more difficult
for  us to enter into new contracts or renew  existing contracts.

If any of our directors, officers, key employees  or officials are accused or found  to  be  guilty of
serious crimes, including the mismanagement of public funds, the schools  we serve could be barred or
discouraged from entering into or renewing service  agreements  with us. As a result, our  business  and
revenues would be adversely affected.

New laws or regulations not currently applicable to  for-profit education companies in the  K-12 sector  could be
enacted and negatively impact our operations and financial results.

As the provision of online K-12 public education matures, novel issues may arise that could lead to
the enactment of new laws or regulations  similar to, or in addition  to,  laws or regulations  applicable  to
other areas of education and education at  different levels.  For  example,  for-profit education companies
that own and operate post-secondary colleges  depend  in significant  respect on  student  loans provided
by the federal government to cover tuition expenses, and federal laws  prohibit incentive compensation
for success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person engaged in  student recruiting or
admission activities. In contrast, while students  in virtual or blended public K-12 schools  are entitled  to
a free public education with no federal or state loans  necessary for tuition,  similar laws could be
enacted  that make for-profit management  companies serving such  schools subject to similar restrictions

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

The schools we contract with and serve are governed by independent governing bodies that may  shift their
priorities or change objectives in ways adverse  to us, or react negatively to acquisitions  or other transactions.

We  contract with and provide a majority of our products and services  to  virtual and blended public

schools blended governed by independent boards or similar governing bodies. While we  typically share
a common objective at the outset of  our business  relationship, over time our interests could diverge,
such as may result from an acquisition that includes another  online public school  that  seeks to enroll
students from the same geographic territory. If these independent boards of the  schools or school
districts  we serve subsequently shift their  priorities or change  objectives, and  as a result  reduce the
scope or terminate their relationship  with us, our ability to generate revenues would  be  adversely
affected if an alternative virtual or blended  public school  blended we serve is  not  available  to  enroll the
affected students.

32

Our contracts with the Managed Public  Schools we serve are subject  to  periodic renewal, and  each  year
several of these agreements are set to expire.  If we  are unable  to renew several  such  contracts or if a single
significant contract expires during a given  year, our business,  financial condition, results of operations and
cash flow could be adversely affected.

We  have contracts to provide our full range of  products and  services to virtual and blended public

schools in 32 states and the District of Columbia.  Some  of  these contracts are scheduled to expire in
any given year although the expiration of  any single contract is not necessarily significant  because of
the numerous Managed Public Schools  contracts we assumed in connection with our acquisitions of
KCDL and KVE. We usually begin to engage in  renewal negotiations during  the final  year of  these
contracts. In order to renew these contracts, we  have to enter into  negotiations  with the independent
boards of these virtual and blended public  schools blended. Historically  we  have been successful in
renewing these contracts, but such renewals typically contain  revised  terms, which  may be more or less
favorable than the terms of the original  contract. While schools with valid charters could decide not
continue to renew their contracts upon  expiration, each  renegotiation is unique  and, if we are unable to
renew several such contracts or one significant contract expires  during a  given  year,  or if  such renewals
have significantly less favorable terms  than existing contracts, or an underlying charter  is revoked or not
renewed, our business, financial condition, results of operations and  cash  flow could be adversely
affected.

If we fail to remain profitable, achieve further marketplace acceptance for  our  products and services, or fail to
enroll or reenroll a sufficient number of  students, our business, financial  condition and results of  operations
will be adversely affected.

The first virtual public schools we serve  began  enrolling students in  the 2001-02 school year. We

first achieved positive income from operations in the fiscal year ended June 30,  2006. Prior to that
period, we sustained cumulative net losses  totaling approximately $90 million. In  fiscal year  2011, we
also embarked on a diversification and  acquisition  plan to leverage our core competencies  by  selling
our  products and services to school districts and private schools. There can be no guarantee  that  we
will remain profitable, or that our products and services will achieve further marketplace acceptance.
Our marketing efforts may not generate a sufficient  number of new  or  returning student  enrollments to
sustain our business plan, especially as the  mix  of  student enrollments  based on  grade level and
academic record evolves; our capital  and operating costs may exceed planned levels; and we  may be
unable to develop and enhance our service  offerings to meet the demands of  all  of  our  public school
and private pay customers. In addition, we  actively manage  our labor  costs and our overall  profitability
can be negatively impacted by increases in  competitive  market salaries or any organization of  labor. If
we are not successful in managing our business and operations, our financial condition and results of
operations will be adversely affected.

If student performance falls, if NCLB standards are not achieved, if teachers or  administrators  tamper with
state test scoring or  if parent and student satisfaction declines, a  significant number of students  may not
remain enrolled in a virtual or blended  public  school that we  serve, or  charters may not  be  renewed or
enrollment caps could be put in place, or enrollment practices  could be limited and our business, financial
condition  and results of operations will be adversely affected.

The success of our business depends on the choice of a family to have their child begin or

continue his or her education in a virtual  or blended public school that  we serve.  This decision  is based
on many factors, including student performance and parent  and  student satisfaction. Students may
perform significantly below state averages or the virtual school or blended school  may fail  to  meet the
standards of the No Child Left Behind  Act  (NCLB), analogous state standards, or  the conditions of
waivers provided to states by the U.S. Department of Education.  Like many traditional brick  and
mortar public schools, not all of the  Managed Public Schools we serve meet  the Adequate  Yearly

33

Progress (AYP) requirements of NCLB,  or one of these other benchmarks, as large numbers of new
enrollments from students underperforming in traditional  schools can  lower overall results  or the
underperformance of any one subgroup can  lead to the entire school  failing to achieve  AYP. In
addition, although serving at-risk students is an  important  aspect of our mission to educate any child
regardless of circumstance, the performance of these students can  adversely affect  schools’ standing
under federal and state accountability systems.  We expect that, as our enrollments increase and  the
portion of students that have not used  our  learning systems  for multiple years  increases, the average
performance of all students using our  learning systems may decrease, even  if  the individual
performance of other students improves over time. This effect may also be exacerbated  if students
enrolled in schools that we acquire are  predominately below state  proficiency standards. Moreover,
Congress may amend the NCLB statute  in ways  that  positively or negatively  impact  the schools we
serve. In view of the shortcomings with  the AYP performance  standards,  the Obama administration  has
been granting waivers from the NCLB’s requirements  in a significant number  of states.

Students in the Managed Public Schools  we serve are required to periodically complete
standardized state testing and the results of this  testing may  have an impact on  school funding.
Furthermore, if a school experiences  repeated poor standardized test results, the NCLB and  many state
accountability systems require that a series of escalating  remediation actions  must  be  taken at the
school, ultimately leading to closure  of  the school if the  remediation actions  are not successful.  Further,
teachers or school administrators may engage in  altering student test  scores in  order to achieve  these
objectives and avoid the consequences of failing to meet AYP  or state proficiency  standards. Finally,
parent and student satisfaction may decline as  not  all parents and students  are able to devote the
substantial time and energy necessary to complete  our curriculum. A student’s  satisfaction may also
suffer if his or her relationship with the  virtual school or blended school teacher does  not  meet
expectations. If a student’s performance or satisfaction declines, students may decide not to remain
enrolled in a virtual public school or  blended school that we serve and our business, financial condition
and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures present many risks, and  we may not realize the financial and
strategic goals that formed the basis for  the transaction.

When strategic opportunities arise to  expand our business, we  may acquire or  invest  in other
companies using cash, stock, debt, asset contributions or any combination thereof. We may face risks in
connection with these or other future  transactions,  including the  possibility  that  we may  not  realize the
anticipated cost and revenue synergies or further the  strategic purpose of any  acquisition  if our
forecasts do not materialize. The pursuit  of  acquisitions  may divert  the resources that could otherwise
be used to support and grow our existing lines of business. Acquisitions may also  create multiple and
overlapping product lines that are offered,  priced and supported differently,  which could cause
customer confusion and delays in service. Customers  may decline to renew their contracts  or the
contracts of acquired businesses might not allow us to recognize  revenues  on the same basis. These
transactions may also divert our management’s attention  and  our ongoing business may be disrupted  by
acquisition, transition or integration  activities. In addition, we may have difficulty separating,
transitioning and integrating an acquired company’s systems and  the  associated costs  in doing so  may
be higher than we anticipate.

There may also be other adverse effects on our business,  operating results or financial condition
associated with the expansion of our business  through acquisitions. We may  fail to identify or assess  the
magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquiring a company  or
technology, which could result in unexpected accounting treatment, unexpected increases  in taxes due
or a loss of anticipated tax benefits. Our use  of  cash  to  pay for acquisitions  may limit other potential
uses of our cash, including investment  in  other areas of  our business, stock repurchases,  dividend
payments and retirement of outstanding indebtedness.  If we issue a significant amount of equity for

34

future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share  may decrease. We  may
pay more than the acquired company or assets are  ultimately worth and we may  have underestimated
our  costs in continuing the support and development of an acquired company’s products. Our  operating
results may be adversely impacted by  liabilities resulting from a stock or asset  acquisition,  which may be
costly, disruptive to our business, or  lead to litigation.

We  may be unable to obtain required approvals from governmental  authorities on  a timely basis, if

it all, which could, among other things, delay or prevent us from completing a  transaction, otherwise
restrict our ability to realize the expected financial or strategic goals of an  acquisition  or have other
adverse effects on our current business and  operations. We may face contingencies related to
intellectual property, financial disclosures, and accounting practices or  internal controls. Finally, we  may
not be able to retain key executives of an acquired company.

The occurrence of any of these risks  could  have a material  adverse effect  on our business, results

of operations, financial condition or cash flows, particularly in the case  of a larger acquisition or several
concurrent acquisitions.

We are implementing a new company-wide enterprise resource  planning (ERP) system.  The implementation
process is complex and involves a number  of  risks that  may  adversely  affect our business and results of
operations.

In fiscal year 2011, we began replacing  our multiple legacy business systems at different sites with a

new company-wide, integrated ERP system  to  handle various business, operating and  financial
processes. Although Phase 1 is nearing  completion,  the integration is ongoing.  When fully-implemented,
the new system will enhance a variety  of important functions, such as order entry,  invoicing, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, financial  consolidation and internal and external financial and
management reporting matters. ERP  implementations are complex and time-consuming projects that
involve substantial expenditures on system hardware  and software and implementation activities that
often continue for several years. Such an integrated, wide-scale implementation also  requires
transformation of business and financial  processes in order  to  reap the  benefits of the ERP  system.
Significant efforts are required for requirements identification, functional design, process
documentation, data conversion, user  training  and post implementation support.  Problems in  any of
these areas could result in operational issues including delayed billing  and  accounting errors and  other
operational issues. System delays or malfunctioning  could  also disrupt our ability to timely and
accurately process and report results  of our  operations,  financial position and cash flows, which could
impact our ability to timely complete important  business  processes.

Until the new ERP system is fully implemented, we  expect to incur  significant additional  selling,

general and administrative expenses  and capital  expenditures  to  implement and test the system,  and no
assurance can be provided that problems will not be encountered with  the new system, that planned
enhancements and updates will not result  in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our
internal controls in the future, or could  result in material  misstatements that would  require us to
restate our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence  in our ability to report accurate and
timely financial information and have  a negative effect  on our stock price.

In addition, our business and results  of  operations may be adversely affected if the ERP

experiences operating problems and/or cost overruns during the implementation process  or if the ERP
system and the associated process changes  do  not  function as  expected or give rise to the  expected
benefits.

35

We plan to continue to create new products, expand  distribution  channels and pilot  innovative educational
programs to enhance academic performance. If  we are unable to effectively  manage these  initiatives or they
fail to  gain acceptance, our business, financial  condition, results of operations  and  cash flows would  be
adversely affected.

As we create and acquire new products, expand our existing customer base and pilot new
educational programs, we expect to face challenges distinct from those  we  currently encounter,
including:

(cid:127) our continued development of public blended schools  and individualized learning centers (also
known as Flex schools) which has produced different operational challenges  than those we
previously encountered. In addition to the online component, these schools sometimes  require us
to lease facilities for classrooms, staff classrooms  with teachers, provide meals and kitchen
facilities, adhere to local safety and fire codes, purchase additional insurance and fulfill  many
other responsibilities;

(cid:127) our further expansion into international markets  may require us to conduct our business

differently than we do in the United  States or in  existing countries. Additionally,  we may  have
difficulty training and retaining qualified  teachers or generating sufficient  demand for  our
products and services in international markets. International opportunities will also present us
with different legal, operational, tax and currency challenges;

(cid:127) the use of our curriculum in classrooms will produce  challenges with respect to adapting  our

curriculum for effective use in a traditional classroom setting;

(cid:127) our operation of traditional or brick and mortar schools, as well as flex schools used on a

full-time basis by students accessing our curriculum  online under the  supervision of certified
teachers and supporting instructors, has necessitated different management skills and  presented
additional risks compared to those in our  core Managed Public Schools business;

(cid:127) our online private school business is dependent on a  tuition-based financial  model  and may  not
be able to enroll a sufficient number of students  over time  to  achieve  long-run profitability or
deliver  a high level of customer satisfaction;

(cid:127) our participation in summer foreign language instruction camps through MIL, our joint  venture

with Middlebury College, could generate new legal  liabilities  and financial  consequences
associated with our responsibility for  students  housed on leased college  campuses on  a 24-hour
basis over the duration of the camp;  and

(cid:127) our continual efforts to innovate and pilot new programs to enhance student learning may  not

always succeed or may encounter unanticipated opposition.

Our failure to manage these business expansion  programs, or any new business expansion
programs we pursue, may have an adverse effect  on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

If demand for increased options in public schooling does not continue  or if additional states do not authorize
or adequately fund  virtual or blended public schools, our business, financial  condition and results of
operations could be adversely affected.

Over the previous  four fiscal years, we entered into service agreements  for  fully-managed virtual
public schools and blended schools in  12 new states bringing  our total  to  32 states and  the District of
Columbia for the 2012-13 school year. If the demand for virtual and blended  public  schools does not
increase, if the remaining states are hesitant to authorize virtual or  blended public  schools, if
enrollment caps are not removed or raised, or  if the funding of such  schools is  inadequate, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

36

Increasing competition in the education industry sectors that we serve  could  lead  to pricing pressures, reduced
operating margins, loss of market share, departure of key  employees and  increased capital expenditures.

As a general matter, we face varying degrees of competition from  several discrete education
providers because  our learning systems integrate  all the elements of the education development and
delivery process, including curriculum  development, textbook publishing, teacher  training and  support,
lesson planning, testing and assessment and school performance and compliance  management. In our
Managed Public Schools and Institutional Business, we  compete with companies that provide online
curriculum and support services . We  also compete with public  school districts that offer  K-12  online
programs of their own or in partnership with other online curriculum  vendors. In  certain jurisdictions,
we expect intense competition from such competitors and by new entrants. Our competitors may adopt
similar curriculum delivery, school support  and marketing approaches,  with different pricing  and service
packages that may have greater appeal than our  offerings.  If we  are  unable to successfully compete for
new business, win and renew contracts or students fail  to  realize sufficient  gains in academic
performance, our revenue growth and operating margins  may  decline. Price competition from our
current and future competitors could also result in reduced revenues, reduced margins  or the failure of
our  product and service offerings to  achieve or  maintain more widespread market acceptance.

We  may also face competition from publishers of traditional educational materials that are
substantially larger than we are and have  significantly  greater financial, technical  and marketing
resources, and may enter the field through  acquisitions  and mergers. As a  result, they may be able to
devote more resources and move quickly to develop products  and services that are superior to our
platform and technologies. We may not  have the resources necessary to acquire  or compete with
technologies being developed by our  competitors, which may render our online delivery  format less
competitive or obsolete. These new and  well-funded  entrants  may also  seek  to  attract our  key
executives as employees based on their  acquired expertise in virtual  education  where such specialized
skills are not widely available.

Our future success will depend in large part  on our ability  to  maintain  a competitive position with
our  curriculum and our technology, as well as our  ability  to  increase capital expenditures to sustain the
competitive position of our product and retain our talent  base.  We cannot assure you that we will have
the financial resources, technical expertise,  marketing,  distribution or support  capabilities  to  compete
effectively.

Regulatory frameworks on the accessibility  of technology  are continually evolving due to legislative and
administrative developments and the rapid evolution of technology, which could result in  increased product
development costs and compliance risks.

Our online curriculum is made available to students through  computers  and other  display devices

connected to the Internet. This curriculum includes a combination of software applications  that  include
graphics, pictures, videos, animations,  sounds  and interactive content that  present  challenges to people
with disabilities. A number of states  have  considered or  are considering how electronic and information
technology procured with state funds should  be  made accessible  to  persons with such disabilities. To the
extent they enact laws and regulations to require greater accessibility, we might have  to  modify our
curriculum offerings to satisfy those requirements.  In addition, to the  extent that we enter into federal
government contracts, similar requirements could be imposed  on us  under Section 508  of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1974. We expect that we will continue to modify and improve our curriculum  so
that it can be made available to the widest  audience possible. However, if requirements or technology
evolves in such a way as to accelerate  or alter the need to make all  curriculum  accessible, we  could
incur significant product development costs on an accelerated  basis. A failure to meet  required
accessibility needs could also result in loss or termination of significant contracts or in  potential legal
liability.

37

We generate significant revenues from two virtual public schools, and the termination, revocation, expiration
or modification of our contracts with these virtual  public schools could adversely affect our  business, financial
condition  and results of operation.

In fiscal year 2012, we derived approximately 12% and 13% of our revenues, respectively, from the

Ohio  Virtual Academy and the Agora  Cyber Charter School in Pennsylvania. In aggregate, these
schools accounted for approximately 25% of our total  revenues.  If our contracts  with either of  these
virtual public schools are terminated,  the charters to operate either of these schools are not renewed or
are revoked, enrollments decline substantially, funding is  reduced,  or more restrictive  legislation is
enacted,  our business, financial condition and results  of  operations could  be  adversely affected.

Highly qualified teachers are critical to  the  success  of our learning systems.  If we  are not able to continue to
recruit, train and retain quality certified teachers, our curriculum might  not  be effectively delivered  to
students, compromising their academic  performance  and  our  reputation with  the  Managed Public Schools we
serve. As a result, our brand, business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Effective teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our learning systems  and assisting
students with their daily lessons. Teachers in the  public  schools we manage  must  be  state certified and
have strong interpersonal communications skills to be able to  effectively instruct students in a virtual
school setting. They must also possess the technical  skills  to  use our technology-based  learning systems.
There is  a limited pool of teachers with  these  specialized attributes and  the Managed Public Schools we
serve must provide competitive compensation packages to attract  and  retain such  qualified teachers.

The teachers in most Managed Public Schools  we serve are  not our  employees and  the ultimate
authority relating to those teachers resides  with the governing body overseeing the schools.  However,
under many of our service agreements with  virtual public schools and blended schools,  we have
responsibility to recruit, train and manage these  teachers.  We must  also provide continuous training to
virtual and blended public school blended teachers so  that they can stay abreast of  changes in student
demands, academic standards and other  key  trends necessary  to  teach online effectively. We may not be
able to recruit, train and retain enough qualified teachers to keep pace with  our growth while
maintaining consistent teaching quality in the various  Managed Public Schools  we serve. Shortages  of
qualified teachers or decreases in the  quality of our  instruction, whether actual  or perceived, would
have an adverse effect on our business.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which  may cause  our operating results to fluctuate  from
quarter-to-quarter and adversely impact  our working capital and  liquidity throughout the year.

Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate  as a result of seasonal variations in our
business, principally due to the number of months  in a  fiscal  quarter that our school customers are fully
operational and serving students. In the typical academic  year, our  first and fourth fiscal quarters have
fewer than three full months of operations, whereas our second and  third fiscal quarters will have three
complete months of operations. We ship learning kits to students in  the beginning of the school year,
our  first fiscal quarter, generally resulting in higher learning kit revenues  and margins in  the first fiscal
quarter relative to the other quarters. In aggregate, the  seasonality  of our  revenues has generally
produced higher revenues in the first  quarter of our fiscal year.

Our operating expenses are also seasonal.  Instructional costs and services increase in the first fiscal

quarter primarily due to the costs incurred to ship learning  kits at the beginning of the school  year.
These instructional costs may increase significantly quarter-to-quarter as school operating  expenses
increase. The majority of our selling and marketing expenses are  incurred in  the first and  fourth fiscal
quarters, as our primary enrollment season is July through  September.

We  expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues  and  operating results to  continue. These
fluctuations could result in volatility and  adversely affect our cash  flow. As our business grows, these

38

seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. As  a result, we believe  that  sequential quarterly
comparisons of our financial results may not  provide an accurate assessment of our financial position.

Our Managed Public School revenues are based in part on our estimate of the total funds  each school will
receive in a particular school year and  our estimate of  the  full year expenses to be  incurred by  each school. As
a result,  differences  between our quarterly estimates and the actual funds received and expenses incurred  could
have an adverse impact on our results of operations and cash  flows.

We  recognize revenues from certain of our fees to Managed Public Schools ratably  over the course

of our fiscal year. To determine the pro rata  amount  of revenues to recognize in a  fiscal quarter, we
estimate the total funds each school  will receive  in a particular  school year. Additionally, we take
responsibility for any operating deficits incurred at most of the Managed  Public  Schools we serve.
Because this may impair our ability to collect the full  amount  invoiced in a  period and therefore
collection cannot reasonably be assured, we reduce revenues by the estimated pro rata amount of the
school operating loss. We review our  estimates of  total  funds and operating expenses periodically, and
we revise as necessary, amortizing any adjustments over the  remaining  portion of the fiscal  year. Actual
school funding received and school operating  expenses incurred  may vary from our estimates or
revisions and could adversely impact  our results  of operations and cash flows.

The continued development of our product and service  brands is important to our business. If we  are not able
to maintain and enhance these brands, our  business and operating results may suffer.

Enhancing brand awareness is critical to attracting and retaining  students, and for serving

additional virtual and blended public schools, school districts  and  online private schools  and we intend
to spend significant resources to accomplish  that  objective. These efforts include sales and marketing
directed to targeted locations as well as the national marketplace,  discreet  student  populations, the
educational community at large, key  political groups,  image-makers and the media. We believe that the
quality of our curriculum and management services has  contributed significantly to the success  of our
brands. As we continue to increase enrollments  and extend our  geographic reach and  product and
service offerings, maintaining quality  and consistency across all of our services and products  may
become  more difficult to achieve, and any significant and well-publicized failure to maintain this  quality
and consistency will have a detrimental effect  on our brands. We cannot  provide assurances that our
new sales and marketing efforts will  be successful  in further  promoting  our  brands in  a competitive and
cost effective manner. If we are unable to further enhance our brand recognition and increase
awareness of our products and services, or if we incur excessive sales and marketing  expenses, our
business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and  any inability to  protect them could  reduce the value  of our
products,  services and brand.

Our patent, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, domain names  and other intellectual property
rights are important assets. For example, we have been  granted two patents relating  to  the hardware
and network infrastructure of our OLS, including  the system components for creating and administering
assessment tests and our lesson progress tracker  and two patents related to foreign language
instruction. Additionally, we are the copyright owner of the courses  comprising our proprietary
curriculum.

Various events outside of our control  pose a threat  to  our intellectual  property  rights. For instance,

effective intellectual property protection may not  be  available in every country in which our products
and services are distributed or made  available through the  Internet. Also, the efforts we have taken to
protect our proprietary rights may not  be  sufficient or effective.  Any significant impairment of  our
intellectual property rights could harm our business or  our ability  to  compete. Also,  protecting our

39

intellectual property rights is costly and time consuming. Any  unauthorized use of our intellectual
property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating  results.

Although we seek to obtain patent protection for our  innovations, it  is possible  that  we may not be

able to sufficiently protect some of these innovations. In addition, given  the costs of  obtaining  patent
protection, we may choose not to protect certain innovations that  later turn  out to be important.
Furthermore, there is always the possibility, despite our  efforts, that the  scope  of the protection  gained
will be insufficient or that an issued patent may be deemed invalid or unenforceable.

We  also seek to maintain certain intellectual  property as trade secrets.  This secrecy  could  be
compromised by outside parties, whether through  breach  of  our network security or otherwise, or by
our  employees or former employees,  intentionally or accidentally, which would cause us to lose the
competitive advantage resulting from  these  trade secrets.  Third  parties may acquire  domain names that
are substantially similar to our domain names leading  to  a decrease in  the value  of our  domain names
and trademarks and other proprietary rights.

Lawsuits against us alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of  others and such actions would
be costly to defend, could require us to pay damages  or royalty payments and could limit our ability or
increase our costs to use certain technologies  in  the future.

Companies in the Internet, software,  technology, education, curriculum  and  media industries  own
large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation
based on allegations of infringement  or other violations of intellectual property rights.  Regardless  of
the merits, intellectual property claims are  time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle.  In
addition, to the extent claims against us are  successful, we  may  have to pay  substantial monetary
damages or discontinue certain our products, services  or practices that are  found to be in violation of
another party’s rights. We also may have to seek a  license and make royalty payments to continue
offering our products and services or following such practices, which  may significantly increase our
operating expenses.

We may  be subject to legal liability resulting from the  actions of third parties,  including independent
contractors, business partners, or teachers, which could cause  us to incur substantial costs and damage our
reputation.

We  may be subject, directly or indirectly, to legal  claims  associated with  the actions of or  filed by

our  independent contractors, business partners, or teachers. In the event  of  accidents or injuries  or
other harm to students, we could face claims  alleging that  we were negligent,  provided inadequate
supervision or were otherwise liable for  their  injuries.  Additionally, we could face claims alleging that
our  independent curriculum contractors or teachers infringed  the  intellectual property  rights of third
parties. A liability claim against us or  any of  our  independent contractors, business partners, or teachers
could adversely affect our reputation,  enrollment and  revenues. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could
create unfavorable publicity, cause us  to incur substantial expenses  and  divert the time and attention of
management.

Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of student,  teacher and  other sensitive data, whether  through breach
of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to  costly litigation  or could jeopardize our contracts with
virtual public schools or blended schools.

Maintaining our network security and internal controls over access rights is  of  critical  importance

because our Student Administration Management  System (‘‘SAMS’’) stores proprietary  and confidential
student and teacher information, such as names, addresses, and other personal information. Individuals
and groups may develop and deploy  viruses, worms  and other malicious  software programs that attack
or attempt to infiltrate SAMS.

40

If our security measures are breached as a  result of third-party action, employee error,

malfeasance or otherwise, third parties may  receive or be able to access student  records and we could
be subject to liability or our business  could be interrupted. Penetration of  our network security could
have a negative impact on our reputation  and  could lead  virtual public schools, blended  schools and
parents to choose competitive offerings. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources
to provide additional protection from the threat of these security  breaches or  to  alleviate problems
caused by these breaches. Additionally, we  run the  risk  that employees or vendors could illegally
disclose confidential educational information.

We rely on the Internet to enroll students and to deliver our products  and services to children, which exposes
us to a growing number of legal risks and  increasing regulation.

We  collect information regarding students during  the online enrollment  process  and a  significant

amount of our curriculum content is delivered over  the Internet. As a result,  specific federal and state
laws that could have an impact on our business include the following:

(cid:127) the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act,  which restricts  the distribution of certain materials

deemed harmful to children and imposes  additional restrictions on  the ability of online
companies to collect personal information from  children under the  age of  13;

(cid:127) the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act,  which imposes parental  or student  consent
requirements for specified disclosures of student information,  including online information;

(cid:127) the Communications Decency Act,  which provides website operators  immunity  from most claims

arising from the publication of third-party  content; and

(cid:127) numerous state cyberbullying laws which require schools  to  adopt policies on harassment

through the Internet or other electronic  communications.

In addition, the laws applicable to the Internet are  still developing. These laws impact pricing,

advertising, taxation, consumer protection, quality  of  products and services, and are in a state  of
change. New or amended laws may also be enacted, which could  increase the costs  of regulatory
compliance for us  or force us to change  our business practices.  As a result, we  may be exposed  to
substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary  to  comply  with such  laws  and regulations.

System disruptions and vulnerability from security risks to our  online computer networks could impact our
ability to generate revenues and damage  our  reputation, limiting our ability to attract and  retain students.

The performance and reliability of our  technology infrastructure is  critical to our reputation  and
ability to attract and retain virtual public schools, blended  schools,  school district customers,  parents
and students. Any sustained system error or  failure, or a  denial  of service (‘‘DNS’’)  attack, could limit
our  users’ access to our online learning systems, and therefore, damage our ability to generate revenues
or provide sufficient documentation to  comply with  state laws requiring proof  that  students  completed
the required number of hours of instruction. Our technology  infrastructure could be vulnerable to
interruption or malfunction due to events beyond  our  control,  including  natural disasters, terrorist
activities and telecommunications failures.

41

We utilize a single logistics vendor for the management, receiving, assembly and shipping  of  all of our
learning kits and printed educational materials.  In addition,  we utilize another vendor for the  reclamation and
redeployment of our student computers.  Both of these partnerships  depend  upon  execution on the part  of  us
and the vendors. Any material failure to execute properly for  any reason, including  damage or disruption to
either of the vendor’s facilities would have an  adverse effect on  our business, financial condition  and results of
operations.

Substantially all of the inventory for our  learning kits and printed materials is located in one
warehouse facility operated by a third-party  logistics vendor  which handles  receipt, assembly and
shipping of all physical learning materials. If  this logistics vendor were  to  fail to meet  its obligations  to
deliver learning materials to students in a timely manner, or if  a material number of such  shipments
are incomplete or contain assembly errors, our business and results of  operations could be adversely
affected. In addition, we provide computers for a substantial number of our students. Execution  or
merger integration failures which interfere  with the  reclamation or redeployment  of  computers may
result in additional costs. Furthermore, a natural disaster,  fire,  power interruption, work  stoppage or
other unanticipated catastrophic event,  especially during the  period from  May through  September when
we are awaiting receipt of most of the  curriculum materials for the school year and  have not yet
shipped such materials to students, could significantly  disrupt our ability  to  deliver our products and
operate our business. If any of our material inventory items were to experience any  significant damage,
we would be unable to meet our contractual  obligations  and our business would  suffer.

Any significant interruption in the operations of  our data centers could cause  a loss  of data  and  disrupt our
ability to manage our network hardware and software and technological infrastructure.

We  host our products and serve all of our students from  third-party data  center facilities. As part
of our risk mitigation plan, we opened a  second data  center. Even with  such redundancy, we  may not
be able to prevent a significant interruption in  the operation of these  facilities or the  loss of school and
operational data due to a natural disaster,  fire, power interruption, act  of  terrorism  or other
unanticipated catastrophic event. Any  significant interruption  in the operation of these facilities,
including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully  expand or upgrade our  systems or
manage our transition to utilizing the expansions or upgrades,  could reduce our  ability to manage our
network and technological infrastructure, which could  result in  lost sales, enrollment terminations and
impact our brand reputation.

Additionally, we do not control the operation of  these facilities and must  rely on  another  party to
provide the physical security, facilities  management and communications infrastructure services related
to our data centers. Although we believe we would be able to enter into  a similar relationship with
another party should this relationship fail or terminate for any reason, our  reliance on a  single  vendor
exposes us to risks outside of our control. If  this  vendor encounters financial difficulty such as
bankruptcy or other events beyond our control that causes it to fail  to  secure  adequately  and maintain
its  hosting facilities or provide the required data communications capacity, students of the  schools we
serve may experience interruptions in our service or  the loss  or theft of important customer data.

Any significant interruption in the operations of  our enrollment centers could  disrupt our ability to
recommend educational options to parents,  respond to service  requests and process  enrollments.

Our primary enrollment center operations are  housed in our corporate headquarters, with

secondary facilities in several other locations in the United States.  To  mitigate operating risk in certain
high volume queues, we have the ability  to  reroute  calls to other  facilities if a  certain  facility  is unable
to temporarily service calls. This plan  may  not be able to prevent a  significant interruption in  the
operation of any of the facilities due  to natural disasters, accidents,  failures  of  our  fulfillment  provider.
However, we have the ability to respond to a service interruption  to  lessen its impact on  customers.
Any significant interruption in the operation of  any primary facility, including an interruption caused by

42

our  failure to successfully expand or  upgrade our systems or to manage  these expansions  or upgrades,
could reduce our ability to respond to service requests, receive  and process orders and provide products
and services, which could result in lost and  cancelled sales, and damage to our brand  reputation.

Capacity limits on some of our technology,  transaction  processing  systems and network hardware and software
may be difficult to project and we may not be able to expand  and upgrade our systems in a timely manner to
meet significant unexpected increased demand.

As the number of schools we serve increases and our  student base grows,  the traffic on our

transaction processing systems and network hardware and software  will rise. We  may be unable to
accurately project the rate of increase  in the use of our transaction  processing systems and network
hardware and software. In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems  and
network hardware  and software capabilities to accommodate significant unexpected  increased use. If we
are unable to appropriately upgrade  our systems and  network hardware and  software in a  timely
manner, our operations and processes  may  be  temporarily  disrupted.

We may  be unable to keep pace with changes in technology  as our  business and market strategy evolves.

As our business and market strategy  evolves, we will need to respond  to  technological  advances

and emerging industry standards in a  cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive.
The need to respond to technological changes may require us  to  make substantial, unanticipated
expenditures. There can be no assurance  that we will be able to respond  successfully to technological
change.

Pursuant to our joint venture agreement  with Middlebury College,  there is  a risk that  Middlebury College
might exercise its right to require us to  purchase its ownership interest  in  our joint venture  at  fair  market
value which could adversely affect our financial  condition.

A key provision in our joint venture agreement with Middlebury  College is its  right beginning on

April 14, 2015 and upon 180 days advance notice, to require  us to purchase all, but not a portion  of, its
ownership interest in our joint venture  at fair market value  and based on  an independent  appraisal. We
have the right to pay the redemption cost in cash, stock or  a  combination thereof, at  our  option. It  is
uncertain when or  whether Middlebury College would  elect to exercise this  right and  therefore, we
cannot at this time determine the form of the redemption payment and therefore the exact impact to
our  financial condition or dilution to  stockholders.

We may  be unable to attract and retain  skilled employees.

Our success depends in large part on continued  employment of senior management and  key
personnel who can effectively operate  our business. If any of these employees  leave us and we fail to
effectively manage a transition to new  personnel, or if  we fail to attract and retain qualified and
experienced professionals on acceptable  terms, our business, financial conditions and results of
operations could be adversely affected.

Our success also depends on our having  highly trained  financial,  technical,  recruiting, sales and
marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel  as our business grows. A
shortage in the number of people with  these skills or our  failure to attract  them to our Company  could
impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services, ensure  full compliance
with federal and state regulations, launch new product offerings, and would  have an adverse effect on
our  business and financial results.

43

We may  need additional capital in the future, but there is  no assurance  that  funds will  be  available on
acceptable terms.

We  may need to raise additional funds in order  to  achieve growth  or  fund other business

initiatives. This financing may not be  available in sufficient amounts  or  on terms acceptable  to  us and
may be dilutive to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities  issued  to  raise funds may  have
rights, preferences or privileges senior  to  those of existing stockholders. If adequate funds are not
available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to expand, develop or enhance services or
products, or respond to competitive pressures will  be  limited.

Our curriculum and approach to instruction  may  not achieve  widespread acceptance, which would limit  our
growth and profitability.

The curriculum offerings and approach  to  individualized learning are based on the  structured
delivery, clarification, verification and  practice of lesson subject matter. Our goal  is to make students
proficient at the fundamentals, promote  annual  growth in learning achievement and instill confidence in
a subject prior to confronting new and complex concepts. While our  curriculum is  aligned with state
standards in the jurisdictions where we  manage  virtual and blended public schools  and these schools
offer accredited diplomas, this approach  is not accepted  by all academics and  educators, who  may favor
less  formalistic methods and have the ability  to  negatively influence the market for our products and
services. In addition, although our curriculum generally aligns well  to  the Common Core State
Standards now in development, the assessment of those standards  remains to be completed as  does the
timing for implementation. As a result,  the final CCSS implementation  model  could  vary  from state to
state, and even from district to district,  and  therefore, we  cannot anticipate at this time  the financial
and education impact these CCSS may  have on  our  business and financial results.

We previously had and remediated a material weakness  in internal control surrounding the  project
management of our new Oracle eBusiness Suite  system which delayed  the  year-end  close  from being completed
in  a timely manner.

Last fiscal year, we experienced a material  weakness  in our  internal control over financial
reporting related to the processes surrounding the project  management of our ERP implementation,
which  prevented us from completing  our year-end close  on schedule and  from filing our  Form 10-K in
a timely manner. Over the course of fiscal  year  2012, management  dedicated the necessary attention
and resources towards our ERP implementation and remediated this material weakness; however, we
cannot assure you that additional significant deficiencies or material  weaknesses in  our internal control
over financial reporting will not be identified  in the future. The existence of a future material weakness
could result in errors in our financial  statements that could result in a restatement  of our  financial
statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause  investors to lose confidence in
our  reported financial information, leading to a decline in  our stock price.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters are located in approximately 171,000  square feet of office  space in Herndon,
Virginia. The property is leased until May 2022. We lease approximately 87,000  square  feet in multiple
locations under individual leases that expire between November  2012 and October  2016.

44

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business,  we are  subject to lawsuits, arbitrations and administrative

proceedings from time to time.

On October  26, 2011, IpLearn, LLC (‘‘IpLearn’’) filed a complaint for patent infringement  against

the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware,  IpLearn, LLC v. K12 Inc.,
Case No. 1:11-1026-LPS, which it subsequently amended on November 18,  2011.  IpLearn  is a
privately-held technology development and licensing company for web and computer-based learning
technologies. In its complaint, IpLearn alleges that the Company has infringed three of its patents for
various computer-aided learning methods and systems. On July 2, 2012, the Court granted the  Company’s
motion to dismiss IpLearn’s allegations of indirect patent infringement and allowed IpLearn’s allegations
of direct  patent infringement to proceed. The discovery process is currently in progress.

On January 30, 2012, a securities class-action lawsuit  captioned Hoppaugh v. K12 Inc., was filed
against the Company and two of its officers in  the United  States District Court for  the Eastern  District
of Virginia, Hoppaugh v. K12. Inc., Case No. 1: 12-CV-00103-CMH-IDD. The plaintiff  purports to
represent a class of persons who purchased or  otherwise acquired K12  common stock between
September 9, 2009 and December 16,  2011, inclusive, and alleges violations by the defendants  of
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The plaintiff
alleges, among other things, that the  defendants made false  or  misleading statements of  material  fact,
or failed to disclose material facts, about (i)  the Company’s  financial results during the  class period,
(ii) the academic performance of the  virtual  schools served by the Company,  and (iii) certain school
administrative practices and sales strategies related to enrollments. On May 18, 2012,  the Court
appointed the Arkansas Teacher Retirement  System as  lead  plaintiff, and  it filed an amended class
action complaint (the ‘‘Amended Complaint’’) on June 22, 2012.  The  plaintiff  seeks unspecified
compensatory damages and other relief. The Company intends to defend vigorously against the claims
asserted in the Amended Complaint, and filed a motion to dismiss  on July 20, 2012.  In addition to the
above described stockholder class action, on March 21, 2012,  a federal  stockholder  derivative action,
Jared Staal v. Tisch. et. al., Case No. 1: 12-CV-00365-SLR, putatively initiated on behalf of the
Company, was filed in the United States District Court  for  the District  of  Delaware. By stipulation, all
matters in this derivative action have been stayed until the motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint
are decided. The Board of Directors  received a shareholder demand letter, dated August  16, 2012, that
asserted allegations against various directors,  senior officers and employees of K12 similar to those
made in the previously disclosed securities class  action and derivative  lawsuits. The shareholder
requested that the Board investigate and pursue claims  related to breach of fiduciary  duty on  behalf of
the Company. The Board will consider the demand and take appropriate action.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

45

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON  EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, is traded on the New  York Stock  Exchange (the
‘‘NYSE’’) under the symbol ‘‘LRN.’’  Set forth  below  are the high  and low sales  prices for our common
stock, as reported on the NYSE. As of  September 7, 2012, there were 50 registered holders  of our
common stock.

Quarter ended:
June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December 31, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High

Low

$26.38
26.11
37.00
35.00

$39.74
34.08
29.42
29.71

$19.05
17.07
17.31
23.37

$31.16
27.17
23.26
21.21

46

Stock Performance Graph

The graph below matches the cumulative eighteen quarter  total return of holders of  K12 Inc.’s
common stock with the cumulative total returns of the  S&P 500  index,  the NASDAQ  Composite index,
the Russell 2000 index, our new Peer Group Index and our old  Peer Group Index*. The graph assumes
that the value of the investment in the company’s  common stock, in each  index (including reinvestment
of dividends) was $100 on December 13,  2007 (the date  of  our initial  public offering)  and tracks  it
through June 30, 2012.

COMPARISON OF EIGHTEEN QUARTER  CUMULATIVE  TOTAL  RETURN
Among  K12 Inc., S&P 500 Index, NASDAQ Composite  Index, Russell 2000 Index and Peer Group Indices

LRN
Old Peer Group Index
New Peer Group Index
S&P 500
Russell 2000
Nasdaq Composite

200

150

s
r
a
l
l
o
D

100

50

0

12/13/2007

6/30/2008

6/30/2009

6/30/2010

6/30/2011

7SEP201221023352
6/30/2012

13-Dec-07

30-Jun-08

30-Jun-09

30-Jun-10

30-Jun-11

30-Jun-12

LRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Old Peer Group Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Peer Group Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Russell 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasdaq Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100
100
100
100
100
100

88
81
87
86
90
86

88
96
96
62
66
69

90
108
109
69
79
79

135
99
102
89
108
104

95
NA
90
92
104
110

All prices reflect closing prices on last day of trading at the end of each calendar quarter except

December 13, 2007.

(1) The information presented above in  the stock performance  graph shall not be deemed

‘‘soliciting material’’ or to be ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or  subject to Regulation 14A  or 14C, except  to  the
extent that we subsequently specifically request that such  information be treated  as soliciting material
or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act of 1933,  as amended
(the ‘‘Securities Act’’), or a filing under the Exchange Act.

(2) The stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative  of future price

performance. Information used in the  graph was obtained from  a  source we believe to be reliable,  but
we do not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions in such information.

47

* Peer Group

In 2011, our Peer Group consisted of Ambow Education  Holding Ltd.^, American Public
Education Inc., Apollo Group Inc., Archipelago Learning,  Inc.^, Blackboard, Inc.,  Bridgepoint
Education Inc.^, Capella Education  Company,  Career  Education Corp., China Distance Education^,
ChinaCast Education Group, Corinthian Colleges, Inc.,  Devry Inc.,  Education Management
Corporation^, Global Education &  Tech Group, Ltd.^, Grand Canyon Education Inc.^,  ITT
Educational Services, Inc., Lincoln Educational  Services Co.,  McGraw-Hill  Companies, Inc., New
Oriental Education and Technology Group, Pearson Education,  Renaissance Learning,  Inc., Rosetta
Stone Inc.^, Scientific Learning Corporation, Scholastic Corporation, Strayer Education Inc., TAL
Education Group^, Universal Technical Institute, and XUEDA Education Group^.

In 2012, we changed our Peer Group to omit Archipelago Learning, Inc.,  Blackboard, Inc., Global
Education & Tech Group, Ltd. and Renaissance  Learning,  Inc. because they were acquired  and ceased
trading. We also omitted McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Scientific Learning  Corporation as  they
publicly announced formal plans to exit the  education  industry.  Ambow  Education Holding Ltd., China
Distance Education, ChinaCast Education Group, New Oriental Education  and Technology Group,
TAL  Education Group and XUEDA  Education  Group were removed from our Peer  Group as a  result
of the accounting scandals which have  significantly  impacted  these Chinese stocks.  Finally, in  the course
of our review of the Peer Group, we removed Corinthian Colleges, Inc.  and Lincoln Educational
Services Co. because we do not believe that these companies are still comparable. As a result  of  these
modifications, our Peer Group now consists  of  American Public Education Inc., Apollo Group  Inc.,
Bridgepoint Education Inc.*, Capella Education Company, Devry  Inc.,  Grand Canyon  Education Inc.*,
ITT Educational Services, Inc., Pearson  PLC, Rosetta  Stone  Inc.*, Scholastic Corporation,  Strayer
Education Inc. and Universal Technical Institute.

Dividend Policy

We  have never declared or paid any cash dividends on  our common stock and  we currently do not

anticipate paying any cash dividends for  the foreseeable  future. Instead, we anticipate  that  all  of  our
earnings on our common stock will be used to provide working capital, to  support our operations,  and
to finance the growth and development of  our business, including potentially  the acquisition of, or
investment in, businesses, technologies or  products that  complement our existing  business.  Any  future
determination relating to dividend policy will be made  at the discretion  of  our  Board of Directors  and
will depend on a number of factors, including,  but not limited to, our future earnings, capital
requirements, financial condition, future prospects, applicable Delaware  law,  which provides that
dividends are only payable out of surplus or  current net profits and other factors  our  Board of
Directors might deem relevant.

^ Companies were included in the performance analysis only for the period  after their  respective

initial public offering.

48

Stock-based Incentive Plan Information

The following table provides certain information as of June 30, 2012,  with respect  to  our  equity

compensation plans under which common stock is  authorized for issuance:

Equity  Compensation Plan Information
as of June 30, 2012

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future  Issuance
under Equity
Compensation  Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column
(a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security

holders(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,949,940

$20.41

1,398,018

Includes shares under the 2007 Equity Incentive Award  Plan.

(1) The  2007  Equity  Incentive  Award  Plan  (the  ‘‘2007  Plan’’)  adopted  in  November  2007  and

approved by the stockholders contains an ‘‘evergreen  provision’’ that  allows  for an  annual increase,
beginning on July  1, 2008, in the number of  shares available  for issuance under the 2007 Plan on
July 1 of each year during the ten-year term of  the 2007 Plan. The annual increase in the number
of shares shall be equal to the least of:

(cid:127) 4% of our outstanding common stock on the applicable July 1;

(cid:127) 2,745,098 shares; or

(cid:127) a lesser number of shares as determined by our Board  of  Directors.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated  statement  of operations,  balance  sheet and

other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. You should read this data together with
‘‘Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’
and our consolidated financial statements and related notes,  included elsewhere  in this Annual Report.
The selected consolidated statement  of operations  data for  each of the years in  the three-year  period
ended June 30, 2012, and the selected  consolidated balance  sheet data as of June 30, 2012  and 2011,
have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which  are included  elsewhere in
this  Annual Report. The selected consolidated  statements of operations data  for the  years  ended
June 30, 2009 and 2008, and selected  consolidated balance sheet data as of  June  30, 2010, 2009  and
2008, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial  statements not included in  this Annual
Report. The pro forma net income per  common  share amounts  for the  year ended  June  30, 2008 was
derived by eliminating the one-time tax benefit  of  $27.0 million from the  reversal  of  the deferred tax
valuation allowance in 2008 and by giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding

49

shares of our preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the completion of our initial
public offering. Our historical results  are not necessarily indicative of  future operating results.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cost and expenses
Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(In thousands)

$708,407

$522,434

$384,470

$315,573

$226,235

$416,999

$307,111

222,029

196,976

131,282

expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .

236,835
25,593

174,762
16,347

117,398
9,576

86,683
9,575

72,393
9,550

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

679,427

498,220

349,003

293,234

213,225

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net

28,980
(989)

24,214
(1,207)

35,467
(1,331)

22,339
(982)

13,010
(295)

Income before income tax expense and

noncontrolling interest
Income tax (expense) benefit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

27,991
(11,882)

23,007
(11,342)

34,136
(13,249)

21,357
(9,628)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add net loss attributable to noncontrolling

interest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends on preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preferred stock accretion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income attributable to common

12,715
21,058

33,773

16,109

11,665

20,887

11,729

1,434

17,543
—
—

1,127

12,792
—
—

638

21,525
—
—

586

—

33,773
12,315
—
(3,066)
— (12,193)

stockholders, including Series A stockholders

$ 17,543

$ 12,792

$ 21,525

$ 12,315

$ 18,514

50

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(In thousands except share and per share data)

$
$
$
$

0.46
0.45
 n/a
 n/a

$
$
$
$

0.37
0.37
 n/a
 n/a

$
$
$
$

0.72
0.71
 n/a
  n/a

$
$
$
$

0.43
0.42
 n/a
  n/a

$
$
$
$

1.18
1.10
0.27
0.26

35,802,678
35,990,863
n/a
n/a

31,577,758
32,114,761
n/a
n/a

29,791,973
30,248,683
n/a
n/a

28,746,188
29,639,974
n/a
n/a

15,701,278
16,850,909
24,989,323
26,138,954

$
$

$
$

32,991
58,033

10,067
87,013

$
$

$
$

67,213
42,934

9,466
67,148

$
$

$
$

54,680
25,761

5,934
61,228

$
$

$
$

(9,355) $
$
20,835

15,534
12,568

2,790
43,174

$
$

1,464
25,578

Net income attributable to

common stockholders per
share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic (pro forma)(2) . . . . . . . . .
Diluted (pro forma)(2) . . . . . . .
Weighted average shares used in
computing per share amounts:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic (pro forma)(2) . . . . . . . . .
Diluted (pro forma)(2) . . . . . . .
Other Data:
Net cash provided by (used in)

operating activities . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . .
Stock-based compensation

expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EBITDA(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital Expenditures:
Capitalized curriculum

development costs . . . . . . . . .

$

16,123

$

18,086

$

13,904

$

13,931

$

11,669

Purchases of property,

equipment and capitalized
software development costs . . .
New capital lease obligations . . .

Total capital expenditures . . . . . .

$
$

$

32,477
27,209

75,809

$
$

$

29,563
15,645

63,294

$
$

$

10,357
12,194

36,455

$
$

$

13,939
16,044

43,914

$
$

$

6,476
10,564

28,709

As of June 30,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total short-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total long-term obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total K12 Inc. stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . .
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$144,652
$648,835
$ 17,095
$ 15,901
$473,494
$289,226

$193,099
$582,095
$ 13,357
$ 10,851
$448,621
$264,447

$ 81,751
$307,882
$ 12,247
$
8,365
$221,851
$149,344

$ 49,461
$240,676
$ 11,274
$ 11,128
$182,286
$111,048

$ 71,682
$197,324
6,520
$
$
6,641
$150,288
$ 97,379

(1) Diluted net income per common  share reflects pro rata net income  allocated to the  2,750,000

non-voting shares of the Series A  Special Stock issued in the  acquisition  of KCDL in July  2010.
These shares are eligible to convert into common stock on a one-for-one basis.  If these shares  had
been converted, issued and outstanding  for the  year ended June 30, 2012,  they would  have
increased  our  total  dilutive  shares  outstanding  by  7.6%.

(2) Pro forma net income per common share eliminates the one-time tax benefit  of $27.0 million from

the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance and gives effect to the automatic

51

conversion of all of our outstanding shares of  preferred stock into common stock immediately
prior to the completion of our initial public offering. The pro forma net income per common  share
assumes the completion of the initial public offering on  June 30, 2007 and the conversion of all of
our  outstanding shares of preferred stock  into  19,879,675 shares of common stock.

(3) EBITDA consists of net income,  plus net  interest  expense, income tax expense  (benefit),

depreciation and amortization and minus noncontrolling interest charges. Interest expense
primarily consists of interest expense for  capital leases, long-term  and short-term borrowings. We
use EBITDA in addition to income from operations and  net income as  a  measure of operating
performance. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measurement under U.S.  generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP, and when  analyzing our operating performance, investors should
use EBITDA in addition to, and not  as an alternative for, net income  as determined in  accordance
with GAAP. Because not all companies use  identical calculations, our  presentation of EBITDA
may not be comparable to similarly titled  measures  of other companies. Furthermore,  EBITDA is
not intended to be a measure of free  cash flow for our management’s discretionary use, as it does
not consider certain cash requirements such  as capital expenditures, tax payments,  interest
payments, or other working capital.

We  believe EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating  our operating performance because it is
widely used to measure a company’s  operating  performance without regard to items  such as
depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending  upon accounting methods and the book
value of assets, and to present a meaningful  measure of corporate  performance exclusive of  our
capital structure and the method by which  assets were acquired.  Our management uses  EBITDA:

(cid:127) as an additional measurement of operating performance because  it assists us  in comparing

our performance on a consistent basis;

(cid:127) in presentations to the members of our Board of Directors  to  enable our Board to have  the
same measurement basis of operating  performance  as is used  by management to compare
our current operating results with corresponding prior  periods and with  the results of other
companies in our industry; and,

(cid:127) on an adjusted basis in determining compliance with the terms of our  credit  agreement.

The following table provides a reconciliation  of net income to EBITDA:

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

(In thousands)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense (benefit) . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . .
Noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . .

$17,543
989
11,882
58,033
(1,434)

$12,792
1,207
11,342
42,934
(1,127)

$21,525
1,331
13,249
25,761
(638)

$12,315
982
9,628
20,835
(586)

$ 33,773
295
(21,058)
12,568
0

EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$87,013

$67,148

$61,228

$43,174

$ 25,578

52

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This  Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations

(‘‘MD&A’’) contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E  of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Historical  results may not indicate  future performance. Our forward-
looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based  on assumptions, and  are  subject
to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those contemplated by these statements.  Factors that may cause differences  between actual  results  and those
contemplated by forward-looking statements include,  but are not limited  to, those discussed in ‘‘Risk
Factors’’ in Part I, Item 1A, of this Annual  Report.  We  undertake no obligation  to publicly update or  revise
any forward-looking statements, including any changes that might  result  from any facts, events, or
circumstances after the date hereof that may bear upon forward-looking statements.  Furthermore, we cannot
guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance,  or achievements.

This  MD&A is intended to assist in understanding and assessing the trends and  significant changes in
our results of operations and financial condition. As used in this MD&A,  the words, ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our’’  and ‘‘us’’
refer to K12 Inc. and its consolidated  subsidiaries.  This  MD&A should be read in conjunction with  our
consolidated financial statements and related notes  included elsewhere in  this Annual Report. The following
overview provides a summary of the sections included in our  MD&A:

(cid:127) Executive Summary—a general description of our business and key highlights of the fiscal year

ended June 30, 2012.

(cid:127) Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations—a discussion of items and trends that  may impact our

business in the upcoming year.

(cid:127) Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—a discussion of critical accounting policies  requiring

critical judgments and estimates.

(cid:127) Results of Operations—an analysis of our results of operations  in our consolidated financial

statements.

(cid:127) Liquidity and Capital Resources—an analysis of cash flows, sources and uses  of  cash,

commitments and contingencies, seasonality in the  results of our operations, the impact of
inflation, and quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.

Executive Summary

We  are a technology-based education company. We offer  proprietary  curriculum, software  systems

and educational services designed to  facilitate individualized learning for students primarily in
kindergarten through 12th grade, or  K-12. Our mission  is to maximize a child’s potential by providing
access to an engaging and effective education,  regardless  of  geographic location or socio-economic
background. Since our inception, we have invested more than $305  million to develop and, to a lesser
extent, acquire curriculum and online  learning platforms that promote mastery of core  concepts and
skills for students of all abilities. K12 provides a continuum of technology-based  educational products
and solutions to districts, public schools, private schools,  charter schools and  families as  we strive to
transform the educational experience into one that delivers individualized education on  a highly
scalable basis.

We  achieved significant revenue growth  during fiscal year 2012, reflecting  growth in our traditional
online schools, expansion of our Institutional Business and the  impact from our recent  acquisitions. We
increased revenues to $708.4 million,  from $522.4 million, a  growth rate of 35.6% from  fiscal  2011. Our
fiscal year 2012 results reflect the full year impact of  acquisitions completed in  our prior fiscal year
while fiscal year 2011 results include revenue and operating  activity only after the  dates of the

53

acquisitions. In addition, our fiscal year 2012 revenue includes the full year impact from  our  acquisition
of certain assets of KVE on July 1, 2011, which included contracts  to  serve  nine public virtual  charter
schools in the United States and other assets.

In fiscal year 2012, operating income  increased to $29.0 million,  from $24.2 million in  fiscal  year
2011, an increase of 19.8%, net income to stockholders increased  to  $17.5 million, from $12.8 million,
an increase of 36.7% and EBITDA, a  non-GAAP measure  (see reconciliation of  net income to
EBITDA in ‘‘Item 6—Selected Financial Data’’),  increased to $87.0 million,  from $67.1 million, an
increase of 29.7%. The increase in our operating income resulted  from  increased revenue from  our
organic and acquisition-related growth offset by the expense  incurred integrating recently acquired
entities, increased personnel costs from the  growth in  the number  of our  employees and operating
expenses associated with our infrastructure investments.

Virtual and blended public schools generally  under turn-key management contracts (Managed
Public Schools) accounted for approximately 84% of  our  revenue in  fiscal year  2012. For the 2012-13
school year, we will manage schools in 32  states and the District of Columbia.

We  serve an increasing number of schools and school districts enabling them  to  offer our course
catalog to students either full-time or  on an  individual course basis.  We  have a growing sales team  to
focus on this sector and, through our  acquisitions of KCDL and AEC in  2010, we  increased  the size
and expertise of our sales team, added  a reseller network  and expanded our course portfolio. The
services we provide to these schools and  school districts  are designed to assist  them in  launching their
own online learning programs which  vary according to the  needs  of the individual school  and school
district and may include teacher training  programs,  administrator support and our PEAK12 management
system. With our services, schools and districts  can offer programs that  allow students to participate
full-time, as their primary school, or part-time,  supplementing their  education with  core courses,
electives, credit recovery options, remediation and supplemental content options. We continued to
provide these services to school districts or individual  schools  in all  50 states and the District of
Columbia.

We  operate three online private schools  where parents can  enroll students on a tuition basis for a

full-time online education or individual  courses  to  supplement their children’s  traditional  instruction.
These include our K12 International Academy, an online private  school that  enables us to offer students
worldwide the same full-time education  programs and curriculum that we  provide to the virtual and
blended public schools, The Keystone School, a  private school that  offers online and  correspondence
courses, and the George Washington University Online High School,  a  program  that  offers college
preparatory curriculum and is designed for  high school students who are seeking a challenging
academic experience. In addition, we own and operate  the International  School of  Berne, a  traditional
private  school located in Berne, Switzerland and a recognized IB  school serving students in  grades
Pre-K through 12.

Our History

We  were founded  in 2000 to utilize advances  in technology  to  provide children with access to a

high-quality public school education regardless of their geographic  location or socio-economic
background. Given the geographic flexibility of technology-based education, we  believed that the
pursuit of this mission could help address the growing concerns regarding  the regionalized disparity in
the quality of public school education, both in the United States and  abroad.  The convergence of these
concerns and rapid advances in Internet networks  created the opportunity  to  make a  significant impact
by deploying high quality online learning systems on a flexible,  online  platform.

In September 2001, we introduced our kindergarten through  2nd  grade offering. We launched our

initial online learning system in virtual public  schools in Pennsylvania and  Colorado, serving
approximately 900 students in the two  states combined.  We added new grades over the  first  seven years

54

and continue to manage schools in more states every year. We have  also launched blended  public
schools that combine face-to-face time in the  classroom with  online  instruction  and opened an online
private  school to reach students worldwide.  For the  2011-12  school year, we  managed public schools in
29 states and through our Institutional  Business served schools in all 50 states. For the  2012-13 school
year, we  have been approved to manage schools in  Iowa, New Jersey and New Mexico, bringing  the
total states with Managed Public Schools to 32 in addition  to  the District  of  Columbia.

The following table sets forth the new states managed by school year for  our  virtual and  blended

public schools:

Number of
States with
Managed
Public Schools

2
7
10
10
11
13
16
20
24
27
29
32

School Year

SY 2001 - 2002 . . .
SY 2002 - 2003 . . .
SY 2003 - 2004 . . .
SY 2004 - 2005 . . .
SY 2005 - 2006 . . .
SY 2006 - 2007 . . .
SY 2007 - 2008 . . .
SY 2008 - 2009 . . .
SY 2009 - 2010 . . .
SY 2010 - 2011 . . .
SY 2011 - 2012 . . .
SY 2012 - 2013 . . .

* Flex School.

New  States  with Managed Public Schools

Colorado, Pennsylvania
Arkansas, California, Idaho,  Minnesota, Ohio
Arizona, Florida,  Wisconsin
None
Texas
Illinois, Washington,
Georgia, Nevada, Utah
Hawaii, Indiana, Oregon, South Carolina
Alaska, Oklahoma, Virginia, Wyoming
Kansas, Massachusetts, Michigan
Louisiana, Tennessee
Iowa,  New  Jersey*, New Mexico

Recent  Acquisitions, Strategic Investments and  Equity  Private Placement

During the last three years, we completed several  strategic transactions  to accelerate our growth,
expand our course catalog and service offerings and extend our distribution  capabilities.  While  these
initiatives have expanded our markets and  growth opportunities, we have incurred additional costs
associated with acquiring, integrating  and  operating these acquired businesses. These include the
following.

Formation of Middlebury Interactive Languages LLC

In April 2010, we formed a joint venture with Middlebury  College, known as MIL,  to  develop

online foreign language courses. We contributed substantially all of  the assets in our  Power-Glide
Language Courses Inc. subsidiary, along with  certain intellectual property licenses  and cash for a 60%
interest in the joint venture. Middlebury College contributed a license to use its school name,  its
Middlebury-Monterey Language Academy business and cash for a 40% interest in the joint venture. As
the majority and controlling owner, we  consolidate the results  and operations  of  MIL into our financial
statements. We offer the MIL courses in our virtual  and blended  public schools and  to  school districts
and believe they have wide applicability in online learning. MIL  creates innovative, online language
programs for pre-college students and  leverages Middlebury College’s  recognized experience in foreign
language instruction and our expertise in  online  education.  Language  faculty from Middlebury
collaborates with MIL to develop and manage the academic content  of the Web-based  language
courses. MMLA offers foreign language  camps through  four-week residential and day camps at  selected
college campuses.

55

Acquisition of KC Distance Learning,  Inc.

In July 2010, we acquired KCDL, a provider of online curriculum and public and private virtual

education. KCDL included three distribution channels:  Aventa  Learning (online  curriculum and
instruction), The Keystone School (an  online and correspondence private school) and contracts  to  serve
iQ Academies (statewide virtual public charter schools). Aventa Learning offers schools and school
districts  over 140 core, elective and Advanced  Placement (AP)  courses in grades 6-12, including credit
recovery courses, full-scale virtual school programs and instructional services.

Formation of Capital Education LLC

In July 2010, we acquired certain assets,  including a  catalog  of over 200 courses and  eight issued
patents, of Cardean Learning Group  LLC through  a subsidiary, Capital Education  LLC, a provider of
online services to post-secondary institutions.  The  programs  offered by  Capital Education are  designed
for colleges and universities seeking to build  or expand  their online presence, and we  have already
executed contracts with three universities. Services  include  course development and  distribution through
a proprietary learning management platform,  hosting  and  technical  support,  student advisory services
and program administration.

Acquisition of The American Education  Corporation

In December 2010, we acquired the stock of AEC. AEC is  a  leading provider  of research-based

core curriculum instructional software  for  kindergarten through adult learners.  The  acquisition
increases our portfolio of innovative,  high quality instructional courseware and  curriculum used by
school districts all over the country.

Investment in Web International Education Group, Ltd.

In January 2011, we invested $10 million to obtain a  20% minority interest in  Web International
Education Group, Ltd. (‘‘Web’’). Web is a provider  of  English language training for  learners of all ages
throughout China, including university  students, government workers and employees  of international
companies and it maintains an extensive network of learning centers throughout China.

Acquisition of International School of  Berne

In April, 2011, we acquired the operations of IS Berne,  a traditional private school located in

Berne, Switzerland serving students in  grades Pre-K  through 12.  IS  Berne is an  IB school  in its
50th year of operation. Our purchase  provided  us with the  right to operate IS  Berne and substantially
all of its assets excluding real estate.

Investment by Technology Crossover Ventures in K12 Inc.

In April 2011, we completed a private  placement  sale of  4 million  shares  of restricted common
stock at a price of $31.46 per share to Technology Crossover  Ventures  (‘‘TCV’’). The gross  proceeds of
$125.8 million were unrestricted and available  for acquisitions, strategic investments  and general
corporate purposes. Under the terms of the transaction, our  Board of Directors  (‘‘Board’’) appointed a
director nominated by TCV to the Board to hold office until our  next annual meeting. Additionally, we
granted TCV the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in any of our subsequent private offerings of
common stock, subject to certain exclusions such as issuances  in connection with acquisitions or
employee equity plans. As provided by the terms of the transaction,  we  filed a resale registration
statement with respect to these shares  with  the SEC and the registration  statement  was declared
effective on December 28, 2011.

56

Acquisition of Assets from Kaplan Virtual Education

In July 2011, we completed the purchase of certain  K-12  assets and  Insight School management
contracts of KVE, a subsidiary of Kaplan,  Inc. KVE  assets included and contracts to serve online public
schools in eight states serving students  in grades 6-12. The acquisition allows us  to  serve more students
with multiple curriculum platforms and leverage the Insight  School brand and  our  existing virtual
academy operations.

Financial Statement Overview

Since 2010, our business has evolved significantly, and  as a result this impacts the comparability of

period to period financial results. These  changes include:  the acquisition of KCDL in July 2010; the
acquisition of AEC in December 2010; the acquisition of IS  Berne  in April  2011; and the acquisition of
KVE and Insight Schools (the ‘‘Kaplan/Insight Assets’’) in  July 2011. For  fiscal  year  2012, our financial
results include a full year of operating  activities from  these  acquisitions.  For fiscal year 2011, our
financial results include operating activities  since the date of the respective  acquisitions and  2010 does
not include operating results from any of our acquisitions.  These acquisitions accounted for a large
portion of the increases in our revenue, student enrollments and operating costs, including  transaction
and integrations costs, amongst periods. In addition,  we experienced  organic growth from the new state
schools added in recent years identified above and the continued  ramp-up in student enrollments and
associated variable operating costs from schools opening over  the last five years.

Our fiscal year 2012 results also include operating  activities associated  with investments  to  support

our  growth and business expansion that were  not  incurred to the  same  extent during the  prior year
periods. These investments include our  internal  business support  systems, a second data center to
support operations, and expansion of our  products and services into new  international, academic and
institutional sales markets. Certain business support systems and a  second  data  center were under
development during prior periods and development costs were  generally  capitalized. We have  also
incurred additional maintenance and  license costs, depreciation and other operating costs associated
with operating these assets. The operating costs associated  with maintaining these systems will continue
in future periods.

Student enrollment in our Managed Public Schools has experienced  a shift  in the mix of students
with an increased level of high school  students. The shift  occurred as a result of our acquisition of the
Kaplan/Insight Assets, which only serve students in grades 6-12, and from  organic growth in many of
the schools we serve. The continued  expansion  of  our  Institutional Business and our International and
Private Pay Business also shifts the mix  of our revenue  and  associated  costs of providing services,
including additional sales personnel, third-party distributor costs  and  third-party royalty costs for  our
Institutional Business. We may continue  to  experience  changes in our  enrollment, revenue and  cost mix
as we continue expansion into markets different than our traditional Managed Public  Schools. Our
nascent businesses have not yet reached  scale and placed  downward pressure on our  operating margins
in fiscal year 2012.

Our headcount growth from approximately 1,100 employees at the  beginning  of  2010 to
approximately 3,300 at the end of our 2012  fiscal year, including  teachers associated with our
enrollment growth, the development  of  the Institutional Business, including the expansion of a  sales
force, and the decision to have more K12-employed  teachers in  our managed schools  have also directly
impacted our operating expenses during the last  three years. During fiscal year 2012,  we also  incurred
additional legal costs defending litigation and increased costs  associated with  the ERP implementation.
We  believe that all the above factors,  particularly  the significant  infrastructure  investments, acquisitions
and the depreciation and amortization  associated with our  acquired assets  and infrastructure
investments, reduce the comparability of our operating  results between periods.

57

Funding Overview

State education budgets remain under  pressure  due to the  continuing  slow pace  of economic
recovery. Public school funding levels,  including funding for our Managed Public Schools, have been
reduced in several states over the past few years, including even abrupt mid-year cuts in certain states,
which  in some cases were retroactively applied to the  start of  the school year as a  result of formulaic
adjustments. We routinely monitor state legislative activity  and regulatory proceedings that might
impact the funding received by the schools we serve  and,  to the extent possible, factor potential
outcomes into our business planning decisions. Accordingly, we  recognized  a reduction in revenue of
about 2% during fiscal year 2012 related to various state funding issues. In  addition,  because of current
economic pressures, some states are  delaying their  payments  to  public schools.  We  experienced delays
in receiving payments during the fourth quarter of fiscal  year 2012  from our Managed Public Schools
that depend on receiving state funding before remitting  payment to us. As  a result of  these deferred
payments, we have experienced higher accounts  receivable throughout the third and  fourth quarters of
fiscal year 2012, which negatively affected our  cash  position and cash provided  from operations as
compared to our normal seasonal pattern of  collections. We  currently expect to receive  payment from
certain states that  deferred payment  in fiscal 2012  during our  first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

Key Aspects and Trends of Our Operations

Revenues—Overview

We  generate a significant portion of  our  revenues from  the sale  of  curriculum,  management and

technology services to managed virtual and blended public schools, where we provide turn-key
management services. More than 84% of our revenues were derived from this source  in fiscal year
2012. We anticipate that these revenues will continue to represent  the majority of our total revenues
over the next 12-24 months; however  we expect revenues  in other  aspects  of  our  business  to  increase as
a percentage of revenue of our total revenues  as we execute on our growth strategy. We provide
products and services primarily to three  lines of  business: Managed Public Schools, Institutional
Business and International and Private  Pay Business.

Factors affecting our revenues include:

(i) the number of enrollments;

(ii) the mix of enrollments across grades and states;

(iii) management services provided to the schools and school  districts;

(iv) state or district per student funding  levels and attendance requirements;

(v) prices for our products and services;

(vi) growth in our other customer types; and

(vii) revenues from new initiatives, mergers and  acquisitions.

State education budgets remain under  pressure  due to the  continuing  slow pace  of economic
recovery. Public school funding levels,  including funding for our Managed Public Schools, have been
reduced in several states over the past few years, including even abrupt mid-year cuts in certain states,
which  in some cases were retroactively applied to the  start of  the school year as a  result of formulaic
adjustments. While the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act  of 2009 and Education Jobs and
Medicaid Assistance Act of 2010 provided temporary stimulus  funds to states,  they did not fully  offset
the state funding reductions and have generally expired.  Our financial results reflect the  state funding
reductions, federal funds provided and  the reduction  of federal funds provided,  and expense reductions
that we undertook to take in order to mitigate the impact of these budget  constraints. Net reductions
in school funding have negatively affected both revenue and operating results for  our last four fiscal

58

years. Many states  continue to experience budget issues, including  the state  of  California,  where we
have 12 virtual and blended public schools  in operation. The specific  level  of  federal, state and district
funding for the coming years is not yet  known, and  taken  as a  whole, it is reasonable  to  believe that a
number of the public schools we serve, including those  served  by our Institutional  Business group, may
experience lower funding in the future.

Our growth strategy includes increasing revenues in other distribution  channels,  including

accelerating Institutional Business sales,  adding enrollments  in our private schools and pursuing
international opportunities to offer our learning systems. While the combined revenues  from these
other sectors were significantly smaller than that from the  Managed Public Schools  in fiscal year 2012,
these revenues are growing at a faster rate. Our success in executing  our  strategies will impact future
growth.

Public Funding and Regulation. Our public school customers are financed with state  and local
government and, to a lesser extent, federal  funding. Budget appropriations for  education  at all levels of
government are determined through  a political process and  impacted by  general economic conditions,
and, as a result, our revenues may be  affected by changes in appropriations. Decreases in funding could
result in an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and  cash flows.

Competition. Providing online education, including  the provision  of  services  to  school districts

through our Institutional Business channel,  is becoming increasingly  competitive.  As this competition
intensifies, it could negatively affect our growth,  revenues  and operating margins. With the introduction
of new technologies and entrants, we expect  this competition to intensify. We are also experiencing
significant price competition in our Institutional  Business sector.  This  price competition may  have a
significant impact on both the retention  of our existing customers and  the acquisition of new
Institutional Business customers.

Managed Public Schools

We  define an enrollment as a student using our curriculum. Generally, students will take  four to

six courses, except for some kindergarten students who may participate  in half-day programs. We count
each  half-day kindergarten student as an  enrollment.  School sessions generally begin in August or
September and end in May or June. To ensure that all schools are reflected in our  measure of
enrollments, we consider the number  of students on the last  day  of September to be our opening
enrollment level, and the number of students enrolled  on the last day of May to be our ending
enrollment level. For each period, average  enrollments  represent the average  of  the month-end
enrollment levels for each school month in the  period. We continually evaluate our  enrollment  levels by
state, by school and by grade. We track new  student enrollments and withdrawals throughout  the year.

We  believe that our revenue growth depends upon the following:

(cid:127) the number of states and school districts in which we operate;

(cid:127) the mix of students served;

(cid:127) the restrictive terms of local laws or regulations, including  enrollment  caps;

(cid:127) the appeal of our curriculum and instructional model  to  students and  families;

(cid:127) the specific school or school district requirements including  credit recovery, Advanced Placement

(AP),  or special needs;

(cid:127) the effectiveness of our program in delivering favorable academic outcomes;

(cid:127) the quality of the teachers working  in the schools  we serve; and

(cid:127) the effectiveness of our marketing and recruiting  programs.

59

In fiscal year 2012, we increased total  average enrollments by 29,364,  or  41.2%, to 100,686,  as
compared to total average enrollments of 71,322 or  41.12%, in fiscal  year 2011.  We  continually evaluate
our  trends in revenues by monitoring  the number  of enrollments  in total,  by  state, by school and by
grade, assessing the impact of changes in school funding levels and the pricing of our curriculum and
educational services. The growth rate of our managed  school average enrollments exceeded the  growth
in revenue principally due to mix shift to High School, the acquisition of  the  Insight Schools,  reductions
in the per-pupil rate of achieved state funding in some states, and  lower  utilization in  federal and state
restricted funding per managed student.

Enrollments in these schools on average generate substantially more revenues than enrollments

served through our Institutional Business where we provide limited or no management services.
Similarly, revenues earned per pupil  across our private school programs vary. As  we continue to build
our  Institutional Business and increase enrollment in  International and Private Pay Business,
enrollment mix is expected to shift and may impact growth  in revenues relative to the  growth in
enrollments.

In fiscal year 2012, we derived approximately 13% and 12% of our revenues, respectively, from the

Agora Cyber Charter School (‘‘Agora’’)  in Pennsylvania  and the Ohio  Virtual  Academy. In aggregate,
these schools accounted for approximately 25% of our total revenues. We provide our full turn-key
management solution pursuant to our  contract with  the Ohio  Virtual Academy, which terminates on
June 30, 2017. We provide our full turn-key solution to the Agora pursuant to a contract with the
school that expires on June 30, 2015.  The annual revenues  generated under each of these contracts
represent a material portion of our total revenues in fiscal year 2012, however, as  our  other  business
sectors grow, these proportions may decrease.

Institutional Business

While Managed Public Schools constitute the bulk of our business, there  is a significant  emerging

demand by school districts, individual  schools and other educational institutions for  more limited
components of our online services and products than are used in Managed  Public  Schools. Sales  to
those entities are conducted through  our Institutional Business  organizations.

The Institutional Business portfolio contains an array of curriculum, technology  solutions  and
delivery models with the flexibility to be mapped  to  specific  student, school and district needs. These
options range from full online district programs to individual course offerings. The Institutional
Business course catalog is comprehensive  and enables  districts to offer  their students educational
opportunities that otherwise might not be financially  justifiable, such  as Advanced  Placement  (AP),
honors,  world languages, remediation,  credit recovery,  alternative education,  career  and technology
electives and college readiness. We also provide state-certified and subject matter expert instructors,
professional development and other support services as desired by  our customers.

Given the variables discussed in further detail below, we  believe that the  best performance  metric

for the Institutional Business is revenues. Historically, for purposes of  comparability to the Managed
Public Schools, we reported growth in the Institutional Business on the  basis of full-time equivalents
(‘‘FTEs’’) using a four course conversion factor. However,  we no  longer  believe  that  FTEs  are as useful
to understanding the Institutional Business as when the metric was originally  introduced.  With the
integration into the Institutional Business of the educational software  services and  products of The
American Education Corporation, and the Aventa curriculum acquired  in the KCDL acquisition, as
well as the evolution of our district and school programs, many  of  the customers  served by the
Institutional Business organizations now purchase curriculum  in a variety of  ways, making  consistent
comparisons on the basis of enrollments less relevant. For example, we serve  not  only  full-time
students, but also students taking semester-long courses, students who recover credits through
concentrated four to eighteen-week programs,  students who are  using  our  curricula as a  supplemental

60

enhancement to their traditional textbook, and teachers  who may  present our lessons  on an interactive
whiteboard as either the core of their  instruction or as  an engaging  supplement to their lecture. Given
all these variables, it is therefore difficult to identify a single metric (such as an  FTE), or combination
of metrics (such as course enrollments or programs sold), that can accurately capture  the entirety of
the Institutional Business. Indeed, our efforts  to  do  so led us to the conclusion that at  this  time,
revenue is the best performance metric for the Institutional Business.

Sales opportunities in the Institutional Business are driven  by a number  of  factors in  a diverse

customer population, and which determine the deliverable and price. These factors include:

(cid:127) Type of Customer—A customer can be a U.S.-based public, private or charter school, a district,

regional education agency, or a commercial  company that provides services  to  students.

(cid:127) Curriculum Needs—We sell our curriculum solutions based on the scope of the  customer need,

and a solution is generally purchased as end-user access  to  a complete catalog, individual course
or supplemental content title.

(cid:127) License Options—Depending on the scope of the solution,  a license can be purchased  for

individual course enrollments, annual  seat,  school or district-wide site licenses  or a perpetual
license. We charge incrementally if we  are hosting the  solution.

(cid:127) Hosting—Customers may host curricula themselves or license our  hosted  solution. We are able to

track all students for customers who  use our  hosted  solution. However, more  often  in large-
scale, district-wide implementations, a customer  may  choose to host the curriculum,  and in that
case we have no visibility of individual student usage for counting enrollments.

(cid:127) Service Menu—Instructional services may be provided  and  priced per-enrollment or  bundled in
the overall price of the solution. Additional services, including professional development,  title
maintenance and support may also be provided  and are priced  based on the scope of services.

International and Private Pay Business

Private schools are managed schools where  tuition is paid directly by the  family of the  student.  We

receive no public funds for students in our private  schools. We operate three  private online schools at
differing price points and service levels. Our revenue is derived from tuition receipts that are a function
of course enrollments and program price. In  some circumstances,  a  third-party school may  elect  to
enroll one of its students in a K12 private  school  course  as a supplement to the student’s regular
on-campus instruction. In such cases, the third-party  school may pay the  K12 private school tuition.

Our private schools business has evolved over the  past  two  years  as we have acquired and

developed new private school offerings with different structures  and price points. This has  made
comparability to our Managed Public  Schools  business  more challenging and  the use of  full-time
equivalent metrics no longer as meaningful. As a result, we have  decided to report performance  in the
private  pay business on the basis of the  student counts  and semester-course enrollments which  more
accurately reflects the way revenues and  expenses occur in the  business.

Student counts tell us how many individual students are being served  at any point  in time.  As a
result of the variation in the number  of courses taken by students, we  measure  the total size  of our
schools by ‘‘semester-course enrollments’’ (‘‘SCEs’’). A semester long course is counted as  a single
SCE, and a year-long course is counted as  two SCEs. Private school students take courses ranging from
a single, semester long K-8 course to a 12 high school course annual load. For example, a  student who
takes six courses per semester for two semester accounts for 12 SCEs.

Some of our private school operations, notably Keystone and  the K12 International Academy,  start

classes on a monthly or rolling basis.  As a  result, there  are students  in our system  of education  at any
point in time who have just started a course,  just finished a course or  have partially  completed a
course.

61

We  believe our revenue growth depends primarily on the recruitment of students into our

programs through effective marketing and word-of mouth referral  based on the quality of our service.
In addition, through high service quality, we  seek to retain  existing students and  increase the total
number of courses each student takes with us. In some  cases, students  return each summer and take
only one course. In other cases, students choose a K12  private school as their principal form of
education and may stay for many years. The flexibility of  our programs, the  quality of our curriculum
and teaching, and the student community features lead to customer  satisfaction and  therefore,
retention.

We  have entered into agreements which enable us to distribute our  products and services to over

1,000 school partners throughout the  world that  use our courses as  a  supplement  to  their on-campus
academic programs. These courses provide students  with additional electives, advanced  placement  (AP)
courses, and sometimes include dual-degree programs that the  school cannot offer on  its own. Student
enrollments derived from partner school  programs  are included  in the count of SCEs for  these  private
schools.

We  sometimes offer additional teacher assistance, counseling, clubs and  other  additive services to

our  basic course offerings. These additive  services may carry  additional fees that appear  in our revenue.
We  also have an operating agreement  with  IS Berne, a traditional private school  in Switzerland.
Enrollments and revenue from IS Berne are included in our private school totals along with the
numbers from our online school operations. We  do not  include  students in our consumer sales business
as we do not monitor the progress of these  students in the same way as  we do in  our  other  programs.

Instructional Costs and Services Expenses

Instructional costs  and services expenses include expenses directly attributable to the  educational
products and services we provide. The Managed  Public  Schools  we manage are  the primary drivers of
these costs, including teacher and administrator salaries and benefits  and expenses of related support
services. We also employ teachers and  administrators for instruction and oversight in our Institutional
Business and International and Private  Business sectors.  Instructional costs also include  fulfillment  costs
of student textbooks and materials, depreciation  and  reclamation costs of computers provided for
student use, the cost of any third-party online courses and the amortization  of  capitalized  curriculum
and related systems. Our instructional  costs  are variable and are based directly on  our  number of
schools and enrollments.

In the near term, we expect high school  enrollments  to  continue to grow as a percentage  of total
enrollments. Our high school offering requires increased instructional costs  as a percentage of revenue
compared to our kindergarten to 8th  grade offering. This is due to the following:  (i) generally lower
student-to-teacher ratios; (ii) higher compensation costs for  some teaching positions requiring  subject-
matter expertise; (iii) ancillary costs for required  student  support services, including  college placement,
SAT  preparation and guidance counseling; (iv) use of third-party  courses to  augment our  proprietary
curriculum; and (v) use of a third-party learning  management system to service high school students.
Over time, we may partially offset these  factors by obtaining productivity  gains  in our high school
instructional model, replacing third-party high  school courses with proprietary content, possibly
replacing our third-party learning management system with a proprietary system,  leveraging our  school
infrastructure and obtaining purchasing economies  of scale.

We  have deployed  and are continuing to develop new  delivery models, including blended schools,

where  students receive face-to-face instruction in  a learning center to complement their  online
instruction, and other programs that  utilize brick and mortar  facilities. The maintenance, management
and operations of  these facilities necessitate additional costs, which are generally not required  to
operate typical virtual public schools. We are pursuing  expansion into new states for  both  virtual public
and other specialized charter schools. If we are  successful, we will  incur start-up costs and  other

62

expenses associated with the initial launch of a  school, including  the funding of building  leases and
leasehold improvements.

Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Expenses

Selling, administrative and other operating expenses  include  the salaries and benefits employees

engaged in business development, public  affairs, sales  and marketing,  and administrative functions  and
transaction and due diligence expenses related to mergers  and acquisitions.

Product Development Expenses

Product development expenses include research and development costs  and  overhead  costs

associated with the management of both our  curriculum development  and  internal systems development
teams. In addition, product development expenses  include  the amortization of internal systems  and any
related impairment charges. We measure and track our product  development expenditures  on a per
course or project basis to measure and assess our development  efficiency. In addition, we  monitor
employee utilization rates to evaluate our workforce efficiency. In  fiscal  year  2012, Product
Development expenses increased because  of the number and types of products we  maintain,  and due to
timing and other factors, capitalized costs were  less  than in  fiscal  year 2011. We  plan to continue to
invest in additional curriculum development  and related software in the future, primarily to produce
additional high school courses, world language courses  and  new releases of existing courses and to
continue to upgrade our content management system and online schools. We capitalize selected  costs
incurred to develop our curriculum, beginning with  application  development, through production and
testing into capitalized curriculum development costs.  We capitalize certain costs  incurred to develop
internal systems into capitalized software development  costs.

Expense Management

We  are constantly searching for ways to deliver more value at a lower cost for our  customers  and

we take pride in our ability to deliver  highly-individualized, effective education solutions at a significant
savings to taxpayers. Over the past several  years,  the recession has negatively impacted state education
funding to many of the schools we serve, which we  have sought  to  mitigate  by  increasing  efficiencies
whenever possible without affecting educational  quality. Given  the large number of teachers we employ
or manage, our ability to reduce costs in  our business model is partially  limited. Our increasing scale
and infrastructure investments, however, position us for greater efficiency in future periods.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion of our financial condition  and results of operations is based upon  our  consolidated

financial statements, which have been  prepared in  accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the preparation  of
our  consolidated financial statements, we are required  to  make estimates  and assumptions  that  affect
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as  well as the  related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates  on historical experience and on  various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable  under the  circumstances.  The results  of our  analysis form
the basis for making assumptions about the  carrying values of assets  and  liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual  results may differ  from  these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such  differences may be material to our consolidated
financial statements. Our critical accounting  policies  have been discussed  with the audit committee  of

63

our  Board of Directors. We believe that the  following  critical  accounting policies affect the  more
significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with Accounting Standards  Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 605, Revenue Recognition, we

recognize revenue when the following  conditions are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an  arrangement
exists; (2) delivery of physical goods or rendering of services is complete; (3) the  seller’s  price to the
buyer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is  reasonably  assured.

We  have determined that the separate elements  of  our multiple element  contracts with managed
schools do not have standalone value.  Accordingly, we account for revenues received under  multiple
element arrangements as a single unit of accounting and recognize the  entire arrangement over the
term of the contractual service period. While we have  concluded that  the elements of our contracts do
not have standalone value, we invoice schools  in accordance with the established  contractual  terms and
rates. Generally, this means that for each enrolled  student, we invoice their school on a per student
basis for the following items: (1) access to our online school and online curriculum; (2)  learning kits;
and (3)  student computers. We also invoice for management and technology services. We  apply
ASC 605 to each of these items as follows:

(cid:127) Access to the Online School and Online Curriculum. Our proprietary learning management
system (OLS) revenues are generally  earned on  a per course  basis from schools and school
districts.  Students enrolled through a school are  provided access to the OLS and  online
curriculum. Revenues are earned ratably over  the school year, typically  10 months, or  over the
semester depending on the length of the  course.

(cid:127) Learning Kits. The lessons in our online school are often accompanied with selected printed
materials, workbooks, laboratory materials and  other manipulative items  which we provide to
students. We generally ship all learning kits to a student when their enrollment  is approved.
Once materials have been shipped, our efforts are substantially complete. Therefore, we
recognize revenues upon shipment. Shipments  to  schools  that  occur  in the fourth fiscal quarter
that are for the following school year  are recorded in  deferred  revenues. We also  earn
reclamation fee income when we reclaim materials for schools at the end  of  the school year or
when a student withdraws from the school.

(cid:127) Student Computers. We provide many enrolled students with the use  of a personal  computer and
complete technical support through our call  center.  Revenues are generally earned ratably over
the school year and we also earn revenues for reclamation services when a student withdraws
from a school and returns the computer which  may  occur in a subsequent school  year.

(cid:127) Management, Technology and Educational  Services. Under most of our statewide virtual public

and blended school contracts, we provide the boards of managed  schools with  turn-key
management and technology services.  We recognize these revenues ratably over our fiscal year as
administrative offices of the school remain open for the  entire year. Our  management and
technology service fees are generally a contracted percentage of yearly school funding. We
review our estimates of funding periodically, and revise  as necessary,  amortizing  any adjustments
to earned revenues over the remaining  portion of the fiscal year.  Actual school funding may vary
from these estimates, and the impact  of  these  differences could have a material  impact  on our
results of operations. Since the end of the school year coincides with the  end of our fiscal year,
we are generally able to base our annual revenues on actual school  funding.

We  closely monitor the financial performance of the schools to which we provide turn-key
management services. Under the contracts with these  schools, we  generally take  responsibility for any
operating expenses that they may incur in a  given school year,  which include our charges for  products

64

and services. In some cases, the school operating  expenses may exceed the  revenues earned  by  the
school resulting in an operating loss for the  school. A school  operating loss may result  from a
combination of cost increases or funding reductions attributable to the  following:

(cid:127) costs associated with new schools including the initial  hiring of teachers, administrators  and the

establishment of school infrastructure;

(cid:127) school requirements to establish contingency  reserves;

(cid:127) one-time costs, such as a legal claim;

(cid:127) funding reductions due to the inability to qualify  specific students for funding;

(cid:127) regulatory or academic performance  thresholds which may restrict  the ability of a school  to fund

all expenses;

(cid:127) inadequate school funding in particular states;

(cid:127) providing services without receiving state funding when enrollments  occur  after enrollment  count

dates; and/or

(cid:127) burdensome regulation creating excessive  costs.

We  generate a small percentage of our  revenues from  the sale  of  perpetual  licenses of  curriculum

and ongoing support to schools. Under ASC 605, we account for the license and support of separate
units of accounting and recognize revenues associated with  the license up front and ongoing
maintenance and support over the performance  period. We also generate a  small percentage of our
revenues through the sale of our online courses and  learning kits  directly to consumers. We record
revenue for consumer services over the term of the class subscription.

Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs

Our curriculum is primarily developed by our employees and, to a lesser extent, by independent

contractors. Generally, our courses cover traditional subjects and  utilize examples  and references
designed to remain relevant for long periods of time.  The online nature of  our curriculum allows us to
incorporate user feedback rapidly and make ongoing corrections  and improvements. For these reasons,
we believe that our courses, once developed, have  an extended useful life, similar to computer  software.
We  also create textbooks and other offline  materials.  Our  curriculum is integral to our learning
systems. Our customers generally do  not acquire our curriculum  or future rights to it.

Due to the similarity in development stages and  long economic  life of  curriculum to computer
software, we capitalize curriculum development costs  incurred during the  application  development stage
in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles.  ASC 350 provides guidance for the treatment  of costs
associated with computer software development and defines those  costs  to be capitalized and  those to
be expensed. Costs that qualify for capitalization are external  direct costs,  payroll  and payroll-related
costs. Costs related to general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed  as
incurred. We capitalize curriculum development costs  during  the design, development  and deployment
phases of the project. Many of our new courses leverage off  of proven delivery platforms and are
primarily content, which has no technological  hurdles. As a result, a significant  portion of our
courseware development costs qualify for capitalization due to the  concentration of our development
efforts on the content of the courseware.  Technological  feasibility is established when we have
completed all planning, designing, coding and testing activities  necessary  to establish that a  course can
be produced to meet its design specifications.  Capitalization ends when  a course  is available for general
release to our customers, at which time  amortization of the  capitalized costs begins. Capitalized costs
are recorded in capitalized curriculum development costs. The period of time  over which these

65

development costs will be amortized  is generally five years. This  is consistent with  the capitalization
period used by others in our industry and corresponds with  our product development  lifecycle.

Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use

We  develop our own proprietary computer software programs  to  provide specific  functionality to
support both our unique education offerings and the student and school management services.  These
programs enable us to develop courses,  process  student enrollments, meet state documentation
requirements, track student academic progress, deliver online courses  to  students, coordinate and  track
the delivery of course-specific materials  to  students and provide  teacher support and training. These
applications are integral to our learning systems  and we continue to enhance existing  applications and
create new applications. Our customers do  not  acquire our software or future  rights to it.

We  capitalize software development costs  incurred during  development in accordance with
ASC 350, Intangibles. These capitalized development costs are included in capitalized software
development costs and are generally amortized  over three  years.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software  developed  or

obtained for internal use. In accordance with  ASC  360, Property,  Plant and Equipment, we  review our
recorded long-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in  circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset  may  not  be  fully recoverable. We  determine  the extent to
which  an asset may be impaired based upon our expectation of the asset’s future usability  as well as on
a reasonable assurance that the future  cash  flows  associated with the  asset will be in excess of its
carrying  amount. If the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying
amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for  the difference between  fair value and the carrying value of
the asset. There were no impairment charges for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and  2010.

Income Taxes

We  account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes.  ASC 740 prescribes the

use of the asset and liability method  to compute  the differences  between  the tax  bases  of assets and
liabilities and the related financial amounts,  using  currently enacted tax  laws. If necessary, a  valuation
allowance is established, based on the  weight  of available evidence, to reduce deferred tax assets  to  the
amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Realization of the deferred tax assets,  net of
deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent  upon achievement of sufficient  future taxable income.
We  exercise significant judgment in determining our provisions for income taxes, our deferred tax assets
and liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of assessing  our ability  to  utilize any  future
tax benefit from our deferred tax assets.

Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves

significant judgments that could become  subject to examination by tax authorities in the  ordinary
course of business. We periodically assess the likelihood of adverse  outcomes resulting from these
examinations to determine the impact  on  our  deferred taxes  and  income tax liabilities and the adequacy
of our provision for income taxes. Changes in  income tax legislation,  statutory income tax rates or
future taxable income levels, among  other  things, could materially impact  our  valuation of income tax
assets and liabilities and could cause  our income tax provision to vary significantly  among  financial
reporting periods.

We  expect substantially all of our  deferred  tax assets  to  be fully utilized and have established  a
valuation allowance on net deferred  tax assets of $1.1  million  as of June 30, 2012 to the amount that is
more likely than not to be realized. Due to our federal net operating loss carryforwards, we  do not
expect to pay federal income taxes in  the next twelve months,  other than the  alternative  minimum tax.

66

We  currently expect the majority of our  net operating loss carryforwards to be utilized during our 2013
fiscal year and to begin making more significant federal income  tax  payments during our 2014  fiscal
year.

Accounting for Stock-based Compensation

We recognize  stock-based compensation expense under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—
Stock Compensation. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of  stock
options at  their respective grant date. The use of option valuation models  requires the input  of highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and the expected  term  of the  option.
The fair value of restricted stock awards is the fair market value on the date of  grant.  We recognize these
compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting
period of the award. During 2010 to 2012, we granted more restricted stock awards, resulting in  increased
stock-based compensation that will be recognized over the required service periods. In addition, the
vesting period is  generally three years for restricted stock compared to four years  for stock  options. The
increase in restricted stock awards and the shorter vesting period has increased our  stock-based
compensation costs, and this increased cost is expected to continue in future periods.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

We  record as goodwill the excess of purchase price  over the fair value of the identifiable  net assets

acquired. Finite-lived intangible assets acquired in  business  combinations  subject to amortization are
recorded at their fair value. Finite-lived intangible  assets include the  trade names, customer contracts
and curriculum and such intangible assets are amortized on  a  straight-line basis over  their  estimated
useful lives based on third party valuations. We periodically evaluate the remaining useful  lives of
intangible assets and adjust our amortization period  if  it is determined that such  intangible assets have
a shorter useful life. Our goodwill and other intangibles,  and amortization of other intangible assets,
have increased over the last two years with  our  recent acquisitions.  We  evaluate the recoverability of
our  recorded goodwill and other intangible assets annually, or whenever  a triggering event  of
impairment may occur. For the fiscal  years  ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and 2010, no impairment to
goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets was recorded.

Consolidation of Noncontrolling Interest

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the results  of  operations of our  Middle East and
Middlebury Interactive Languages joint  ventures. Earnings or losses attributable to our partner are
classified as ‘‘net loss attributable to noncontrolling  interest’’  in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations. Net income  or  net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest adjusts our
consolidated net results of operations to reflect only our share of the after-tax earnings or losses  of an
affiliated  company.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

In the formation of our joint venture  with Middlebury  College, at any time after the fifth (5th)
anniversary of the agreement (May 2015), Middlebury may give written  notice of  its irrevocable election
to sell all (but not less than all) of its membership  interest (put right) to  us. The purchase price  for
Middlebury’s membership interest shall be its  fair market value and we  may, in our sole discretion, pay
the purchase price in cash or shares of  our  common stock. The agreement also includes a  provision
whereby, if certain milestones are not  met related to expanding  the business by June  2014, Middlebury
will have the option to repurchase certain contributed  assets at their fair market value.

Given the provision of the put right, the redeemable noncontrolling interest is redeemable  outside

of our control and it is recorded outside of permanent equity  at  its redemption value, which

67

approximates fair value, in accordance with ASC 480,  Distinguishing Liabilities  from Equity. We adjust
the redeemable noncontrolling interest to redemption value on  each balance sheet date with changes in
redemption value recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings, or in the absence of retained
earnings, by adjustment to additional paid-in-capital.  The  redeemable  value as of the end  of  each fiscal
year is based on a third-party valuation, while the  redeemable  value during  interim periods is based on
management updates from the date of the  most recent independent  valuation.  As of June 30,  2012, the
estimated redeemable noncontrolling interest  was $17.2 million.

Investment in Web International Education Group, Ltd.

We  have recorded our minority investment  in Web as an available for sale  debt security because of

our  ability to put the investment to other  Web shareholders in return  for  the original $10 million
purchase price plus interest. Accordingly, the  operating results  of Web were not reflected in our
consolidated statements of operations. During the fiscal year ended June 30,  2012, there was  no change
to the fair value of our Web investment from our initial investment costs  based on Web’s  financial
performance, management’s assessment of fair value and Web’s cash balance that was deemed
sufficient to repay the initial investment  plus interest.

Segment Reporting

We  operate in one operating and reportable  business  segment: we are a technology based
education company. We offer proprietary  curriculum, software systems and educational services
designed to facilitate individualized learning for students primarily in kindergarten  through 12th grade,
or K-12. We have the following three lines  of business: Managed  Public  Schools, Institutional Business
and International and Private Pay Business. Our Chief Executive Officer is the  Chief Operating
Decision Maker (the ‘‘CODM’’). Our  CODM  manages our business  primarily by function and  reviews
financial information on a consolidated basis, accompanied by disaggregated information on revenues
by line of business as well as certain  operational  data,  for purposes  of allocating resources and
evaluating financial performance. The  profitability of our business segments is not produced. The
CODM only evaluates profitability based on consolidated results.

Results of Operations

Managed Public Schools

The following table sets forth total average enrollment data for students in Managed  Public

Schools. These figures exclude enrollments from our classroom pilot programs.

Average Student Enrollments . . . . .

100,686

71,322

56,962

29,364

41.2% 14,360

25.2%

Years Ended June 30,

Growth 2012  /  2011

Growth  2011 / 2010

2012

2011

2010

Change

Change %

Change

Change %

International and Private Pay Business

The following table sets forth total data for  students in our International and Private Pay Business.

These figures exclude enrollments from our consumer  program.

Student Enrollments . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semester Course Enrollments . . . . .

29,995
82,999

27,009
67,381

1,538
10,547

2,986
15,618

11.1% 25,471
23.2% 56,834

1,656.1%
538.9%

Years Ended June 30,

Growth 2012  /  2011

Growth  2011 / 2010

2012

2011

2010

Change

Change %

Change

Change %

68

Revenue by Business Lines

Revenue is captured by business line based on the  underlying  customer contractual agreement.
Periodically, a customer may change  business line classification. For example,  a district  who purchases a
single course (Institutional Business customer) may decide  to  implement  a full-time virtual  school
program (Managed Public School customer). Changes  in business line classification occur  at the time
the contractual agreement is modified. The following represents our revenue for  our  three lines of
business for each of the last three fiscal years.

(Dollars  in thousands)
Managed Public Schools .
Institutional Business . . .
International and Private
Pay Business . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended June 30,

Growth 2012  /  2011

Growth  2011  /  2010

2012

2011

2010

Change

Change  %

Change

Change  %

$596,142
$ 73,150

$454,001
$ 46,756

$362,766
$ 12,665

$142,141
$ 26,394

31.3% $ 91,235
56.5% $ 34,091

25.1%
269.2%

$ 39,115
$708,407

$ 21,677
$522,434

9,039
$
$384,470

$ 17,438
$185,973

80.4% $ 12,638
35.6% $137,964

139.8%
35.9%

The following table sets forth statements of operations  data for  each of the periods indicated:

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$708,407

(In thousands)
$522,434

$384,470

Cost and expenses
Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating expenses
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

416,999
236,835
25,593

307,111
174,762
16,347

222,029
117,398
9,576

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

679,427

498,220

349,003

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28,980
(989)

24,214
(1,207)

35,467
(1,331)

Income before income tax expense and

noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27,991
(11,882)

23,007
(11,342)

34,136
(13,249)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest .

16,109
1,434

11,665
1,127

20,887
638

Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 17,543

$ 12,792

$ 21,525

69

The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a

percentage of our total revenues for the  periods indicated:

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost and expenses
Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating expenses . . . . . .
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

58.9% 58.8% 57.7%
33.4% 33.5% 30.6%
3.6% 3.1% 2.5%

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

95.9% 95.4% 90.8%

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1% 4.6% 9.2%
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (cid:3)0.1% (cid:3)0.2% (cid:3)0.3%
Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.0% 4.4% 8.9%
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (cid:3)1.7% (cid:3)2.2% (cid:3)3.5%
2.3% 2.2% 5.4%
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.2% 0.2% 0.2%
Add net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . .

Net Income—K12 Inc.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.5% 2.4% 5.6%

Comparison of Years Ended June 30,  2012  and 2011

Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2012  were  $708.4 million, representing an

increase of $186.0 million, or 35.6%,  as  compared to $522.4  million for the year ended  June 30, 2011.
Our revenue growth was primarily attributable to (i)  an increase  of  $142.1 million in Managed Public
Schools revenue, as a result of organic growth  of $116.7 million and  acquired  growth of $25.4  million;
(ii) an increase of $26.4 million in Institutional Business revenue, partially as  a result of the  full year
effect of acquired businesses, such as  AEC;  and  (iii) a  $17.4 million increase in  International and
Private Pay revenue, partially as a result  of  the full year effect of the IS Berne acquisition. Revenue for
the Managed Public Schools grew 31.3%  year-over-year,  while total average  enrollment  growth for
Managed Public Schools students grew by 41.2%. Revenue  grew at a lower rate principally  as a result
of our acquisition of the Kaplan/Insight Assets, specific reductions in the per-pupil  rate of  achieved
state funding, and  lower utilization in federal and state  restricted funding per managed student

Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.

Instructional costs and services expenses for the year

ended June 30, 2012 were $417.0 million,  representing an increase of $109.9 million, or 35.8%,  as
compared to $307.1 million for the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily attributable to an
increase in instructional and administrative costs of $88.8 million; an  increase in materials and
computers costs of $16.5 million; and  an increase in amortization  of curriculum  and online learning
systems of $4.6 million. Our instructional costs  and  services expenses grew  in similar proportion to the
growth in revenue as these generally  are variable costs  directly associated with  student enrollments. As
a percentage of revenues, instructional  costs and services expenses  were  relatively  flat  at 58.9%  for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, as compared  to  58.8% for the prior fiscal  year.

Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Expenses. Selling, administrative and other operating

expenses for the year ended June 30, 2012 were $236.8  million, representing  an increase of
$62.0 million, or 35.5%, as compared to $174.8  million  for the  prior fiscal year. This increase was
principally attributable to an increase  of $25.6  million in personnel  costs primarily due to growth in
headcount related to the number of  teachers and enrollment counselors necessary to service the
increased number of students, and increased professional services and marketing and  advertising

70

expenses. As a percentage of revenues,  selling, administrative and other operating expenses  were
essentially  flat  at  33.4%  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2012  as  compared  to  33.5%  for  the  prior  fiscal
year.

Product Development Expenses. Product development expenses include costs related to new
products and information technology  systems. Product development expenses for the year ended
June 30, 2012 were $25.6 million, representing an increase of $9.3 million,  or 57.1%, as  compared to
$16.3 million for the prior fiscal year.  This increase  was primarily attributable to an increase  of
$7.7 million in professional services expenses and an increase of $4.9 million in personnel costs due to
growth in headcount, partially offset by the timing  and nature of development projects and related
impact to capitalization rates which were  lower than historical levels. As a percentage of revenues,
product  development expenses increased to 3.6% for the year  ended  June  30, 2012, as  compared to
3.1% for the prior fiscal year.

Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2012  was $1.0 million, as
compared to net interest expense of $1.2  million for the prior  fiscal year. The decrease  was  primarily
due to lower interest rates on our capital leases and equipment financing  arrangements for  the year
ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the  prior fiscal year.

Income Taxes.

Income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2012 was $11.9 million, or 42.4%

of income before income taxes, as compared to an income  tax expense of $11.3 million, or 49.3% of
income before taxes, for the prior fiscal year.  The decrease in  the effective tax rate  was primarily
attributable  to  additional  nondeductible  costs  incurred  in  fiscal  2011  and  other  nondeductible  costs,  as
well as an increase in pretax income  in lower tax foreign jurisdictions. This was partially offset  by
changes in available research and development credits between years.

Noncontrolling Interest. Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest  for  the years ended
June 30, 2012 and 2011 was $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Noncontrolling interest reflects
the after-tax losses attributable to shareholders in  our joint  ventures in  the Middle  East and
Middlebury Interactive Languages. Our noncontrolling interest  fluctuates  in  proportion to the  operating
results of these respective joint ventures.

Comparison of Years Ended June 30,  2011  and 2010

Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended June 30, 2011  were  $522.4 million, representing an

increase of $137.9 million, or 35.9%,  as  compared to revenues  of $384.5 million for the prior  fiscal
year. Organic revenue growth was 23.7%. Revenue from acquisitions  was  $40.1 million and  contributed
10.4% to revenue growth. Revenue from  new initiatives was $7.0 million and contributed 1.8% to
revenue growth. Total average enrollments increased 45.7% to 98,890 for  the  year ended June  30, 2011
from 67,878 for the prior fiscal year.  The increase in average  enrollments  was  attributable to 23.4%
acquired enrollment growth and 22.3% organic  enrollment growth.

Instructional Costs and Services Expenses.

Instructional costs and services expenses for the year

ended June 30, 2011 were $307.1 million,  representing an increase of $85.1 million, or 38.3%,  as
compared to instructional costs and services expenses of $222.0 million  for the  prior fiscal year. This
increase was primarily attributable to  a  $63.9 million increase in  expenses to operate and manage
schools including the programs acquired  with KCDL  and  the MIL  summer  programs.  In addition, costs
to supply curriculum, books, educational materials and computers to students increased $10.6 million,
and amortization of curriculum and online learning systems also increased  $10.6 million. Included in
the $85.1 million increase in instructional costs and services expenses were start-up  and launch expenses
of $7.5 million for several new initiatives. As a percentage of revenues,  instructional costs and services
expenses increased to 58.8% for the  year ended June 30, 2011,  as compared to 57.7% for  the prior
fiscal year. This increase as a percentage of  revenues was  primarily attributable  to  increased

71

amortization of curriculum and online  learning systems, expenses for new initiatives  that  did not  have
the corresponding growth in revenues in the year, and an increase  in the  percentage of high  school
enrollments relative to total enrollments,  as high school  enrollments have higher costs as a  percentage
of revenues due to increased teacher  and related  services costs. These increases  were partially offset by
lower fulfillment costs for materials and  computers, increased  productivity  at the schools we manage,
and leverage of fixed school infrastructure  costs.

Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Expenses. Selling, administrative and other operating

expenses for the year ended June 30, 2011 were $174.8  million, representing  an increase of
$57.4 million, or 48.9%, as compared to selling, administrative and other  operating expenses of
$117.4 million for the prior fiscal year.  This increase  was primarily attributable to increases  in strategic
marketing ,including brand awareness  and  student recruitment; personnel costs, including those
acquired with KCDL and AEC; merger and acquisition transaction and integration  expenses;
depreciation and amortization, including the  effects of purchase accounting; financial  systems and
process improvement costs; and one-time stock compensation expenses. Included in the  $57.4 million
increase in selling, administrative and  other operating expenses were expenses  of  $6.6 million for
several new initiatives. As a percentage  of  revenues,  selling, administrative and  other operating
expenses increased to 33.5% for the  year ended June 30, 2011  as compared to 30.6% for  the prior
fiscal year, primarily due to the items  identified above.

Product Development Expenses. Product development expenses for the year ended June 30,  2011

were $16.3 million, representing an increase of $6.7 million, or  69.8%,  as compared  to  product
development expenses of $9.6 million  for the prior fiscal year. The increase was  primarily due to
support for the Aventa curriculum acquired during the period as  well as new projects, including
development expenses related to our  financial systems  implementation. Included  in the $6.7  million
increase in product development expenses were expenses of $1.8 million for  new initiatives and ERP
implementation expenses of $1.0 million. As a percentage of revenues,  product development expenses
increased to 3.1% for the year ended June 30,  2011 as compared to 2.5% for the prior fiscal  year,
primarily due to the items identified above.

Net Interest Expense. Net interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2011  was $1.2 million, as
compared to net interest expense of $1.3  million for the prior  fiscal year. The decrease  was  primarily
due to lower interest rates on capital leases and notes payable for the year ended  June  30, 2011 as
compared to the prior fiscal year.

Income Taxes.

Income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2011 was $11.3 million, or 49.3%

of income before income taxes, as compared to an income  tax expense of $13.2 million, or 38.8% of
income before taxes, for the prior fiscal year.  The increase  in rate  was  primarily  attributable to
nondeductible costs incurred in the 2011 fiscal year related to transactions that closed during the  year
ended June 30, 2011. Without these nondeductible transaction costs, the effective income tax rate for
the year ended June 30, 2011 would have  been 43.4% of  income before taxes. This  increased  rate was
reduced somewhat by tax credits recognized in the year ended  June 30, 2011 for research and
development activities in the 2011 fiscal year.  Without these credits, the  effective income tax  rate for
the year ended June 30, 2011 would have  been 51.8% of  income before taxes.

Noncontrolling Interest. Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest  for  the years ended
June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Noncontrolling interest reflects
the after-tax losses attributable to shareholders in  our joint  ventures in  the Middle  East and
Middlebury Interactive Languages.

72

Discussion of Seasonality of Financial  Condition

Certain accounts in our balance sheet are subject  to  seasonal fluctuations. As  our  enrollments and
revenues grow, we expect these seasonal  trends to be amplified. The bulk  of  our  materials  are shipped
to students prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July or August. In order to prepare for
the upcoming school year, we generally  build up inventories during the fourth quarter of our fiscal
year. Therefore, inventories tend to be at  the highest levels at the end  of  our fiscal  year. In the  first
quarter of our fiscal year, inventories  tend to decline significantly as materials  are shipped to students.
In our fourth quarter, inventory purchases  and  the extent to which  we  utilize early  payment discounts
will impact the level of accounts payable.

Accounts receivable balances tend to  be  at the  highest levels in the first quarter of  our fiscal  year
as we begin billing for all enrolled students and our billing arrangements  include upfront fees for many
of the elements of our offering. These  upfront fees result  in seasonal fluctuations to our deferred
revenue balances. State education budgets,  which remain under pressure due to the current  economic
environment and public school funding levels, including for  the online public  schools that we  manage,
have been reduced in many states over the past few years and even  mid-year adjustments have
occurred. We routinely monitor state legislative  activity and  regulatory proceedings that might  impact
the funding received by the schools we serve and to the extent possible,  factor potential outcomes into
our  business planning decisions. We  have  taken reserves during  fiscal 2012 in light of certain funding
proposals and for individual school deficit allowances in several states. In addition, because of current
economic pressures on state funding,  some states are  delaying their payments  to  public  schools. We
have experienced delays in receiving  payments from our Managed  Public  Schools that depend on state
funding before remitting payment to  us. As a result of these deferred payments, we  have experienced
higher  accounts receivable throughout  the second half  of fiscal year 2012  than prior years and our
accounts receivable balance at June 30, 2012  was substantially higher than experienced in prior  years.
We  currently expect to receive deferred payments from  one of our largest states  in the first quarter of
fiscal year 2013.

Generally, deferred revenue balances related to the schools tend to be highest  in the first quarter,

when the majority of students enroll. Since  the deferred  revenue is amortized over  the course of the
school year, which typically ends in May or  June, the  balance is normally at its  lowest at  the end of our
fiscal year. Generally, deferred revenues from  virtual and blended public schools have  not  been a
source of liquidity as most schools receive  their funding  over the course of the  school year.

The deferred revenue related to our  direct-to-consumer business results from advance payments
for 12 month subscriptions to our online school. These advance payments are amortized over the life of
the subscription and tend to be highest at the end  of  the fourth quarter and  first  quarter,  when the
majority of subscriptions are sold.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2012, we had net working  capital, or current assets minus current liabilities, of
$289.2 million. Our working capital includes cash  and  cash equivalents of $144.7  million,  including
$7.3 million associated with our two joint  ventures, and accounts receivable of $160.9 million. Our
working capital provides a significant source of liquidity for our normal operating needs. Our accounts
receivable balance fluctuates throughout the  fiscal  year  based on the timing of customer billings  and
collections and tends to be highest in the  first  fiscal quarter as we begin billing for students. In
addition, our cash and accounts receivable were  significantly in excess of our accounts  payable and
short-term accrued liabilities at June 30, 2012.

We  have a $35 million revolving credit  agreement with PNC Bank, N.A. (‘‘PNC’’) for general
corporate operating purposes (the ‘‘Credit Agreement’’). The Credit  Agreement provides  the ability to
fund periods until cash is received from the  schools. The Credit Agreement matures in December  2012

73

and we currently expect to enter into  a  new line of credit agreement prior  to  termination  of  the
existing line of credit, although there  can be no guarantee that we will do so.  Interest is charged,  at our
option, either at: (i) the higher of (a)  the rate  of interest announced  by PNC from time to time as its
‘‘prime rate’’ and (b) the federal funds  rate  plus 0.5%;  or (ii) the applicable London Interbank Offered
Rate (‘‘LIBOR’’) divided by a number  equal to 1.00, minus  the maximum  aggregate  reserve
requirement which is imposed on member  banks of the Federal  Reserve System  against ‘‘Eurocurrency
liabilities,’’ plus the applicable margin  for such loans,  which ranges between 1.50% and 2.00%, based
on the leverage ratios (as defined in  the  Credit  Agreement). We pay a quarterly commitment  fee on
the unused portion available under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement includes a
$5.0 million letter of credit facility. Issuance of letters of credit reduces  the  availability of permitted
borrowings under the Credit Agreement.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets.  The Credit

Agreement contains a number of financial and  other covenants that, among  other things,  restrict our
and our subsidiaries abilities to incur  additional indebtedness,  grant liens, or other security  interests,
make certain investments, become liable for contingent  liabilities,  make specified restricted payments,
including dividends, dispose of assets or stock,  including the  stock  of  our subsidiaries, or make capital
expenditures above specified limits and engage in other matters customarily restricted in senior secured
credit facilities. We must also maintain  a maximum debt leverage ratio. These covenants are subject  to
certain qualifications and exceptions. As  of  June  30, 2012, we were  in compliance with these covenants.
As of June 30, 2012, no borrowings were outstanding on the line of credit and approximately
$0.3 million was reserved for a letter  of credit.

We  incur capital lease obligations  under  a lease line of credit  with PNC Equipment Finance, LLC

with annual borrowing limits. Capital lease borrowings are repaid over  three years following  the
incurrence of a lease with a bargain purchase option at the end of  the term. We have pledged the
assets financed under the equipment lease  line of credit to  secure the amounts outstanding. During
fiscal year 2012, we had $27.5 million  available under  our  lease line  of credit  which was fully utilized to
acquire student computers and related hardware  during fiscal 2012.  In July 2012, our availability under
the lease line of credit was increased to $35 million for student  computer  leasing during  our 2013 fiscal
year. This borrowing availability expires  in August 2013  and interest rates on the new borrowings are
based upon an initial rate of 2.91% modified by changes in the three year interest rate swaps  rate as
published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15,  ‘‘Selected Interest Rates,’’ between  June 11,
2012 and the Lease Commencement  Date.

Our cash  requirements consist primarily of  day-to-day operating expenses, capital expenditures and

contractual obligations with respect to facility leases, capital  equipment leases and other operating
leases. We lease all of our office facilities.  We expect  to  make future payments on existing leases from
cash generated from operations. We believe that the combination  of funds to be generated from
operations, net working capital on hand and access to our  line  of credit will be adequate to finance  our
ongoing operations for the foreseeable future. In addition, to a lesser  degree, we continue  to  explore
acquisitions, strategic investments and  joint  ventures related to our business that we  may acquire using
cash, stock, debt, contribution of assets  or a combination thereof.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities  for the  year ended June 30, 2012  was  $33.0 million,
compared to $67.2 million for the year  ended June  30, 2011. Cash from operations  is impacted by the
timing of  cash collections from products and services provided and payment of operating  costs to fund
the continued growth and expansion  of our business. The decrease in cash  from operations  from the
prior year was primarily the result of  increases  in accounts  receivable and,  to  a lesser extent,
inventories. Our accounts receivable increased in  fiscal 2012 because of the increase  in the number of
schools under our management and increased payment delays from certain  managed schools  that

74

depend  on state funding before remitting  payment to us. The decrease  in net cash provided by
operating activities in fiscal 2012 was also attributable  to  our  acquisition  of the Kaplan/Insight  Assets,
where  we did not acquire working capital, to our growth  initiatives such as  expansion of our Flex
schools, and growth in the number of schools and students  supported. Our  inventories have increased
due to normal late year purchasing as we  build up  inventories for materials shipment to students during
the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 and  the additional  materials  required to support new schools
opening in fiscal year 2013.

Net cash provided by operating activities  for the  year ended June 30, 2011  was  $67.2 million

compared to net cash provided by operating  activities for the year ended  June 30, 2010 of
$54.7 million. While net income decreased, cash  provided by operating activities  increased primarily
due to an increase in depreciation and  amortization, a reduction in growth  of accounts receivable and
increases in accounts payable, stock compensation expense  and deferred rent.  Offsetting these factors
was an increase in cash used in inventories and a  decrease in deferred income taxes.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for  the years ended 2012,  2011 and 2010 was $61.2  million,
$83.0 million and $24.3 million, respectively.  Net cash  used  in investing activities  for the  year ended
June 30, 2012 was primarily due to investment  of  $32.5 million in property  and equipment,  including
internally developed and purchased software, investment  in capitalized curriculum of  $16.1 million,
primarily related to the production of  high school courses and  elementary  school math courses and the
purchase of certain assets from KVE for  $12.6 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for  the year ended June 30, 2011 was primarily due to

investment in capitalized curriculum  of $18.1 million, primarily related to the production of high school
courses  and elementary school math courses; investment of $29.6 million in property and equipment,
including internally developed and purchased  software, the purchase of AEC for $24.5  million and the
$10.0 million investment in Web.

Net cash used in investing activities for  the year ended June 30, 2010 was primarily due to

investment in capitalized curriculum  of $13.9 million, primarily related to the production of high school
courses  and elementary school math courses, investment  of  $10.4 million in property  and equipment,
including internally developed and purchased  software, and  cash  placed in escrow of $0.8  million.

Financing Activities

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities for the years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and

2010 was $(19.8) million, $127.1 million and  $1.9 million, respectively.

For the year ended June 30, 2012, net cash used in financing  activities consisted primarily of
payments on capital leases and software financing arrangements totaling $18.4 million and excess tax
benefit from stock based compensation of $3.1 million, offset by proceeds  from the exercise of stock
options of $3.4 million.

For the year ended June 30, 2011, net cash provided by  financing activities  primarily consisted of

the proceeds from the issuance of restricted common stock in a private transaction with Technology
Crossover Ventures of $125.6 million, proceeds  from the exercise of stock  options of  $13.4 million and
the excess tax benefit from stock compensation expense of  $5.0 million. These  amounts  were partially
offset by payments on capital leases and notes payable totaling $17.1 million.

For the year ended June 30, 2010, net cash provided by  financing activities  primarily consisted of

the proceeds from the exercise of stock  options  of  $8.5 million, proceeds  received from  the minority
interest contribution of $3.4 million,  and the  excess  tax benefit  from stock compensation expense of

75

$3.9 million. These amounts were partially  offset by payments on capital leases and notes  payable
totaling $14.0 million.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations consist primarily of leases  for office space, capital leases  for equipment

and other operating leases. The following  summarizes our  long-term  contractual  obligations as of
June 30, 2012, which increased from  approximately $75.9 million as of June 30, 2011 due to increases
in our leased student computers and office space  rental  commitment:

Total

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Thereafter

For Years Ended June 30,

(In thousands)

Contractual Obligations at June 30, 2012
Capital leases(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $32,057 $16,625 $11,266 $ 4,163 $
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long term obligations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61,516
1,963

6,492
—

6,382
785

5,814
1,178

3 $ — $ —
30,599
—

6,016
—

6,213
—

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $95,536 $23,617 $18,433 $10,655 $6,216 $6,016 $30,599

(1) Includes interest expense.

For the schools where we provide turn-key  management services, we  typically take responsibility
for any school operating losses that the school may incur. These individual school  operating losses, if
they occur, are recorded at the time  as a reduction in revenues. Potential school  operating losses are
not included as a commitment or obligation in  the above  table  as they cannot be determined  at this
time and many not even occur.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  have provided guarantees of approximately $11.7  million related to lease commitments on  the

buildings for certain of our Flex Schools. We contractually  guarantee  that  certain schools under our
management will not have annual operating deficits  and our management  fees  from these schools may
be reduced accordingly to cover any school operating  deficits.  Other  than these lease and operating
deficit guarantees, we do not have any off-balance  sheet arrangements that have or  are reasonably
likely to have a current or future effect on  our  financial condition, changes in  financial condition,
revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital  resources.

Impact of Inflation

We  believe that inflation has not had a material  impact  on our results  of  operations  for any of the
years in the three year period ended June  30, 2012. We cannot assure you  that  future inflation  will not
have an adverse impact on our operating  results and financial condition.

Recent  Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which

provides authoritative guidance on disclosure requirements  for comprehensive income. This accounting
update eliminates the option to present the  components  of other comprehensive income as part of the
statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead,  the Company  must  report  comprehensive income in either a
single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains  two sections, net  income  and
other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive  statements. This  guidance will  be
effective for the Company beginning on July 1, 2012. The Company does  not expect  the guidance to

76

impact its financial condition and results of operations, as it only requires  a change in the  format of
presentation.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which provides
authoritative guidance to simplify how  entities, both public  and nonpublic, test  goodwill for impairment.
This accounting update permits an entity  to  first assess qualitative  factors to determine whether it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a  reporting unit is  less than  its carrying amount as a basis for
determining whether it is necessary to perform  the goodwill  impairment test.  The Company early
adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08. The adoption  of  this standard did not have  a material impact
on its financial condition, results of operations and disclosures.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):  Testing
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, which provides authoritative guidance  on application of
the impairment model for indefinite-lived intangible assets.  This accounting  updated permits an entity
to assess qualitative factors to determine  whether the existence of  events and  circumstances indicates
that it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired as part of its annual
assessment. This guidance will be effective for the Company  beginning on  July 1,  2012, with  early
adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the guidance to impact its consolidated financial
statements.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

At June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, we  had cash and cash  equivalents totaling  $144.7 million and
$193.1 million, respectively. Future interest and investment income  is subject to the impact of interest
rate changes and we may be subject to changes in  the fair  value of our  investment  portfolio  as a result
of changes in interest rates. At June  30, 2012,  a 1% gross increase in  interest rates earned  on cash
would result in $1.4 million annualized increase in interest income.

Our short-term debt obligations under  our  revolving credit facility are subject to interest  rate
exposure, however as we had no outstanding balance on  this facility as of June 30, 2012,  fluctuations in
interest rates would not have any impact on  our interest  expense.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We  currently operate in several foreign countries,  but we  do not transact a material amount of
business in a foreign currency and therefore fluctuations  in exchange rates will  not  have a material
impact on our financial statements. However, we are  pursuing additional opportunities  in international
markets and expect our international presence to grow. If  we enter into  any material transactions  in a
foreign currency or establish or acquire  any subsidiaries that measure  and record their financial
condition and results of operation in  a foreign currency,  we will be exposed to currency transaction risk
and/or currency translation risk. Exchange rates between  U.S. dollars and  many foreign currencies have
fluctuated significantly over the last few years and may continue  to  do so in the future.  Accordingly, we
may decide in the future to undertake hedging strategies to minimize the effect of currency fluctuations
on our financial condition and results  of operations.

77

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30,  2012 and 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and 2010 . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and  Equity  (Deficit) for the
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and  2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and 2010 . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

79
80
81

82
83
84
114

78

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries (the

Company) as of June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations,
redeemable convertible preferred stock and equity  (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three  years
in the period ended June 30, 2012. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have
also audited the financial statement schedule listed  in the accompanying index. These financial
statements and schedule are the responsibility of the  Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule  based on our audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting  principles used and significant estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the  overall  presentation of the financial statements and schedule.
We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis  for  our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,  in all

material respects, the financial position of  K12 Inc. and subsidiaries at  June  30, 2012 and 2011, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for  each  of the three years in the period ended June 30,
2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted  in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered  in relation to the basic

consolidated financial statements taken  as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.

We  also have audited, in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting

Oversight Board (United States), the  Company’s  internal control over financial reporting as  of  June 30,
2012, based on criteria established in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission  (COSO) and our report dated  September 12,
2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Bethesda, Maryland
September 12, 2012

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

79

K12 INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Current assets

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,624  and  $1,777 at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011,

respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion of deferred tax asset
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized curriculum development costs, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in Web International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deposits and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June 30,

2012

2011

(In thousands,
except share and
per share data)

$ 144,652
1,501

$ 193,099
1,501

160,922
37,853
16,140
11,173
14,598

386,839
55,903
34,709
60,345
36,736
61,619
10,000
2,684

96,235
30,554
7,175
10,424
9,111

348,099
46,625
24,386
55,619
38,291
55,627
10,000
3,448

Total  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 648,835

$ 582,095

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND EQUITY

Current liabilities

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion of capital lease obligations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion of notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 23,951
13,802
17,355
25,410
15,950
1,145

$ 21,176
14,126
13,086
21,907
11,914
1,443

Total  current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent, net of current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital  lease obligations, net of current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes payable, net of current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

97,613
6,974
15,124
777
31,591
1,908

83,652
4,698
8,552
2,299
9,604
3,343

Total  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

153,987

112,148

Commitments and contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Redeemable noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
17,200

—
17,200

Equity:
K12 Inc.  stockholders’ equity
Common  stock, par value $0.0001; 100,000,000 shares  authorized;  36,436,933 and 35,927,452 shares

issued  and outstanding at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional  paid-in capital
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series A Special Stock, par value $0.0001; 2,750,000  shares issued and  outstanding at June 30, 2012 and
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  K12  Inc. stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4
519,439

4
512,181

63,112
100
(109,161)

63,112
28
(126,704)

473,494
4,154

477,648

448,621
4,126

452,747

Total  liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest  and equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 648,835

$ 582,095

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

80

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

K12 INC.

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cost and expenses

Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating expenses . . . . .
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income tax expense and noncontrolling

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add net  loss attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . .

Net income attributable to common stockholders, including

(In thousands, except share and per share  data)
384,470
$

522,434

708,407

$

$

416,999
236,835
25,593

679,427

28,980
(989)

27,991
(11,882)

16,109
1,434

307,111
174,762
16,347

498,220

24,214
(1,207)

23,007
(11,342)

11,665
1,127

222,029
117,398
9,576

349,003

35,467
(1,331)

34,136
(13,249)

20,887
638

Series A stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

17,543

$

12,792

$

21,525

Net income attributable to common stockholders per share,

excluding Series A stockholders:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares used in computing  per share

amounts:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.46

0.45

$

$

0.37

0.37

$

$

0.72

0.71

35,802,678

31,577,758

29,791,973

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35,990,863

32,114,761

30,248,683

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

81

K12 INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  REDEEMABLE
CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

K12 Inc  Stockholders

Common Stock

Common Stock—A

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive Accumulated Noncontrolling
Deficit

Interest

Income

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

(In thousands, except share data)
.
.
.
Balance, June 30,  2009 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Net income  (loss)(1)
.
.
Exercise of stock options .
.
.
Issuance of restricted stock  awards
.
.
Forfeiture of  restricted stock awards .
Exercise of stock warrants
.
.
Exercise of stock warrants on  cashless provision
Stock based  compensation expense
.
Excess tax benefit  from  stock-based
.

.
.
.
Accretion of  redeemable  noncontrolling

compensation .

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

interests to estimated  redemption  value .

Retirement of restricted stock  for tax
.
.

withholding .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
Balance, June 30,  2010 .
Net income  (loss)(1)
.
.
Foreign currency translation adjustments

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

. 29,290,486
—
.
936,195
.
225,946
.
(22,089)
.
6,173
.
7,565
—

.

.

.

.

—

—

(2,864)

. 30,441,412
—
.
—
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

Comprehensive  Income .
.
Stock based  compensation expense
Exercise of stock options .
.
.
Excess tax benefit  from  stock-based
.

compensation .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.
.
Issuance of restricted stock  awards
.
Forfeiture of  restricted stock awards .
.
Series A Special Stock removal  of redemption
provision and  approval  of conversion  right

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

Accretion of  redeemable  noncontrolling

interests to estimated  redemption  value .
.

Stock issuance—TCV  investment, net .
Retirement of restricted stock  for tax
.
.

withholding .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
Balance, June 30,  2011 .
Net income (loss)(1)
.
.
Foreign currency translation adjustments

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

Comprehensive Income .
.
Stock based compensation  expense
Exercise of stock  options .
.
.
Excess  tax expense  from stock-based
.
.

.
.
.
Issuance of restricted  stock  awards
.
.
.
Forfeiture of restricted stock awards .
Accretion  of redeemable noncontrolling

compensation .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

interests to estimated  redemption  value .

withholding .

Retirement  of restricted  stock  for  tax
.
.

.
.
Registration expenses  for shares  issued in
.

private  placement

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance,  June 30,  2012 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

—
1,131,747

—
451,143
(40,618)

—
4,000,000

(56,232)

. 35,927,452
—
.
—
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.

—
217,956

—
398,940
(52,411)

—

(55,004)

—

.

.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.

.

.

.

—
1

—

$ 4
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

3
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

— 343,304
—
—
8,544
—
—
—
—
—
50
—
—
—
5,934
—

—

—

—

3,935

(365)

(58)

— 361,344
—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

9,466
13,364

4,954
—
—

—

— 2,750,000

63,112

—

—
—

—

(938)
—
— 125,618

—

(1,627)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—
28

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

(161,021)
21,525
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

(139,496)
12,792
—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

4,414
(273)
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

4,141
(15)
—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

2,750,000
—
—

$63,112
—
—

$512,181
—
—

$ 28
—
72

$(126,704)
17,543
—

$4,126
28
—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

10,067
3,380

(3,122)
—
—

(1,462)

(1,292)

(313)

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

Total

186,700
21,252
8,544
—
—
50
—
5,934

3,935

(365)

(58)

225,992
12,777
28

12,805
9,466
13,364

4,954
—
—

63,112

(938)
125,619

(1,627)

$452,747
17,571
72

17,643
10,067
3,380

(3,122)
—
—

(1,462)

(1,292)

(313)

. 36,436,933

$ 4

2,750,000

$63,112

$519,439

$100

$(109,161)

$4,154

$477,648

(1)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest excludes $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $0.4 million for the years ended  June  30, 2012, June 30,  2011 and
June 30,  2010,  respectively due  to  the redeemable noncontrolling  interest  related  to Middlebury  Interactive Languages, which is reported outside of
permanent equity  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  (See  Note 11).

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

82

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

K12 INC.

Cash flows from operating activities
Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income  to net  cash  provided by operating  activities:
Depreciation and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for inventory obsolescence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for (reduction of) student computer shrinkage and  obsolescence . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts  receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets
Deposits and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

(In thousands)

$ 16,109

$ 11,665

$ 20,887

58,033
10,067
3,122
10,297
204
1,618
1,038

(64,270)
(8,918)
(784)
(5,260)
764
2,794
(292)
4,275
3,351
—
843

42,934
9,466
(4,954)
10,978
1,472
1,060
219

(15,810)
(4,621)
363
(1,825)
(1,037)
2,726
615
1,976
6,760
1,842
3,384

25,761
5,934
(3,935)
11,858
308
1,019
(178)

(18,460)
4,840
327
(5,199)
30
2,326
1,012
2,271
6,203
(843)
519

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,991

67,213

54,680

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, equipment and software  development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized curriculum development  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of Kaplan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of AEC, net of cash acquired of  $3,841 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase of IS Berne,  net of cash acquired  of $1,563 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash advanced for AEC performance escrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash returned for AEC performance  escrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash paid for investment in Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(32,477)
(16,123)
(12,641)
—
—
—
—
—

(29,563)
(18,086)
—
(24,543)
(839)
(6,825)
6,825
(10,000)

(10,357)
(13,904)
—
—
—
—
—
—

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(61,241)

(83,031)

(24,261)

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing  activities

Proceeds from issuance of common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments on capital lease obligations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments on notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Borrowings from line  of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments under the line of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net proceeds from noncontrolling interest contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise of stock warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of stock registration expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase of restricted stock for income tax  withholding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 125,619
(15,135)
(1,969)
1,932
15,000
(15,000)
—
13,364
—
—
4,954
(1,627)

(16,600)
(1,820)
—
—
—
—
3,380
—
(313)
(3,122)
(1,292)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(19,767)

127,138

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash  and  cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . .

(430)

28

Net change in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning  of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(48,447)
193,099

111,348
81,751

—
(12,945)
(1,029)
—
—
—
3,374
8,544
50
—
3,935
(58)

1,871

—

32,290
49,461

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$144,652

$193,099

$ 81,751

See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

83

K12 Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of the Business

K12 Inc. and its subsidiaries (‘‘K12’’ or the ‘‘Company’’) is a technology-based education company.

The Company offers proprietary curriculum,  software systems  and  educational services designed  to
facilitate individualized learning for students  primarily in kindergarten through  12th grade, (‘‘K-12’’).
The Company’s mission is to maximize  a child’s potential by providing access to an engaging and
effective education, regardless of geographic  location or  socio-economic background. Since the
Company’s inception, the Company has  invested  approximately $305  million  to  develop  and to a  lesser
extent, acquire curriculum and online  learning platforms that promote mastery of core  concepts and
skills for students of all abilities. This  learning system combines  the  Company’s curriculum and
offerings with an individualized learning  approach well-suited  for virtual  and blended public  schools,
school district online programs, public charter schools  and private schools that utilize varying  degrees of
online and traditional classroom instruction, and other educational applications. In contracting  with a
virtual and blended public school, the Company  typically provides students with  access to the  K12 online
curriculum, offline learning kits and  the use of a personal computer  in certain cases, in addition  to
providing management services. For  fiscal  year  2013, the Company will  manage virtual schools in 32
states and the District of Columbia.

In addition, the Company works closely  as partners with a growing number of public schools,
school districts, private schools and charter  schools enabling them to offer their students an  array of
solutions, including full-time virtual programs, semester course and supplemental  solutions.  In addition
to curriculum, systems and programs, the  Company provides teacher training,  teaching services and
other support services.

2. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts  of the Company,  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries and all controlled subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have
been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company operates in one operating  and reportable business segment as  a technology based

education company providing proprietary curriculum, software  systems and educational services
designed to facilitate individualized learning for students primarily in kindergarten  through 12th grade.
The Chief Operating Decision Maker  evaluates profitability  based only on consolidated results.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in conformity with  accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States (‘‘GAAP’’) requires  management to make estimates  and  assumptions affecting the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and contingent  assets and liabilities at  the date of  the
financial statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses during  the reporting period.
On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions, including those  related to
allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, amortization periods, the allocation  of  purchase
price to the fair value of net assets and liabilities  acquired  in business  combinations, fair values used in
asset impairment evaluations, valuation  of  long-lived assets, fair  value of redeemable noncontrolling
interest, contingencies, income taxes and stock-based  compensation  expense. The Company bases its
estimates on historical experience and  various assumptions  that it believes are  reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of the analysis form the basis for  making assumptions about  the carrying

84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

values of assets and liabilities that are  not  readily apparent  from  other sources. Actual  results could
differ  from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Revenues

Revenues are principally earned from long-term contractual agreements to provide online

curriculum, books, materials, computers and management  services to virtual and blended public schools,
traditional schools, school districts, public charter schools,  and private schools. In addition to providing
the curriculum, books and materials,  under most contracts, the Company  manages virtual and blended
public schools, including monitoring academic achievement, teacher hiring and  training, compensation
of school personnel, financial management, enrollment processing and  procurement of curriculum,
equipment and required services. The  schools receive  funding  on a per student basis from the state in
which  the public school or school district is located.  Shipments for schools that occur in the  fourth
fiscal quarter and for the upcoming school  year are recorded  in deferred revenues.

Where the Company has determined that  it is  the primary obligor for  substantially all expenses
under these contracts, the Company  records the associated per student revenue received by the school
from its state funding school district up to the expenses incurred in accordance with  ASC  605, Revenue
Recognition. As a result of being the primary obligor, amounts recorded  as revenues  and instructional
costs and services for the years ended June  30, 2012, 2011  and 2010  were  $183.5 million, $136.1 million
and $106.6 million, respectively. For contracts where  the Company is  not  the primary obligor, the
Company records revenue based on its net fees earned under  the contractual agreement.

The Company generates revenues under contracts  with virtual and blended  public schools which

include multiple elements. These elements include providing each  of  a school’s  students  with access to
the Company’s online school and the component of lessons;  offline learning kits,  which include books
and materials to supplement the online  lessons; the use of a personal computer  and associated
reclamation services; internet access and technology  support services;  the services of a state-certified
teacher; and management and technology services required to operate a  virtual public  or blended
school In certain managed school contracts, revenue  is determined directly by per enrollment funding.
Revenue  is generally recognized ratably over the period  services  are  performed.

The Company has determined that the elements of its contracts  are  valuable to schools  in
combination, but do not have standalone  value.  As a result, the elements within the  Company’s
multiple-element contracts do not qualify for  separate  units of accounting.  Accordingly, the Company
accounts for revenues under multiple element arrangements as  a  single  unit of accounting and
recognizes the entire arrangement based  upon the  approximate rate at which it incurs the costs
associated with each element.

Under the contracts where the Company provides  turnkey management services to schools, the
Company has generally agreed to absorb  any operating losses of the  schools in a  given school year.
These school operating losses represent  the excess of costs incurred  over revenues  earned by the virtual
or blended public school as reflected  on its respective financial statements, including  Company charges
to the schools. A school operating loss in  one year  does not necessarily mean the  Company anticipates
losing money on the entire contract with the school.  However,  a school operating  loss may  reduce the
Company’s ability to collect its management  fees  in full and recognized  revenues  are reduced
accordingly to reflect the expected cash collections from such schools. The Company amortizes  the
estimated school operating loss against revenues  based upon the percentage of actual revenues in the

85

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

period to total estimated revenues for the  fiscal year. Management periodically reviews  its estimates of
full year school revenues and operating expenses and amortizes  the net impact of  any changes  to  these
estimates over the remainder of the  fiscal year. Actual school operating losses may  vary  from these
estimates or revisions, and the impact  of these differences could have a material impact on results  of
operations. Since the end of the school  year  coincides with  the end of the  Company’s fiscal year,
annual revenues are generally based on actual school  revenues  and actual  costs incurred in the
calculation of school operating losses. For the years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and 2010,  the
Company’s revenue included a reduction for these school operating losses of $54.8  million,
$39.2 million and $32.6 million, respectively.

The Company provides certain online curriculum and services to schools and  school districts under

subscription and perpetual license agreements. Revenue under these agreements is  recognized in
accordance with ASC 605 when all of  the following conditions are met: there is  persuasive evidence  of
an arrangement; delivery has occurred or services have  been rendered; the amount of fees to be paid
by the customer is fixed and determinable; and the collectability of the  fee is probable. Revenue from
the licensing of curriculum under subscription arrangements is recognized on  a ratable basis over the
subscription period. Revenue from the licensing of  curriculum under non-cancelable  perpetual
arrangements is recognized when all  revenue recognition  criteria have been  met. Revenue  from
professional consulting, training and support services are  deferred and recognized ratably  over the
service period.

Other revenues are generated from individual customers  who prepay  and  have access  for 12 to

24 months to company-provided online curriculum. The Company recognizes these revenues  pro rata
over the maximum term of the customer contract. Revenues from associated offline learning  kits are
recognized upon shipment.

During the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, approximately 84%,  85% and  97%,

respectively, of the Company’s revenues were recognized  from schools  we managed.  The Company had
contracts with two schools that represented approximately 13% and 12%  of  revenues, respectively,
during 2012, and each individually represented  approximately  13%  of revenues in 2011  and 2010.
Approximately 11% and 12% of accounts receivable was attributable  to  a contract with one school as
of June 30, 2012 and 2011.

Shipping and Handling costs

Shipping and handling costs are expensed when  incurred and are classified  as cost  of  goods sold in

the accompanying consolidated statements  of  operations. Shipping and handling charges  invoiced to a
customer and are included in revenues.

Research and Development Costs

All research and development costs, including patent application costs, are expensed as incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash on hand  and cash held  in money market and

demand deposit accounts. The Company considers all highly liquid investments  with maturities  of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. All non-interest bearing cash  balances were  fully

86

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

insured  at June 30, 2012 due to a temporary federal program in effect from December  31, 2010
through December 31, 2012. Under the  program,  there is no limit to the amount of  insurance for
eligible accounts. Beginning in 2013, insurance coverage will  revert to $250,000  per  depositor at  each
financial institution, and the Company’s non-interest  bearing cash balances may  exceed federally
insured  limits.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Restricted cash consists of cash held in escrow pursuant to an agreement with  a virtual public
school that the Company manages. The Company established  an escrow account  for the  benefit of the
school’s sponsoring school district in the event a future claim  is made and for the benefit  of one of the
Company’s inventory suppliers for delivery  of materials purchased on behalf of  the Company.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance  for uncollectible  accounts primarily for  estimated losses

resulting from the inability or failure  of individual customers to make  required  payments. The
Company analyzes accounts receivable,  historical  percentages of uncollectible  accounts and changes in
payment history when evaluating the  adequacy of the  allowance  for uncollectible  accounts. Actual
write-offs might exceed the recorded allowance, but  collection experience has been  consistent with  the
Company’s estimates.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of textbooks and curriculum materials, a majority  of which are
supplied to virtual and blended public  schools  and  utilized directly  by students. Inventories represent
items that are purchased and held for  sale and  are recorded at the lower of cost  (first-in, first-out
method) or market value. Excess and  obsolete  inventory reserves are established  based upon the
evaluation of the quantity on hand relative to demand. The excess and obsolete inventory  reserve at
June 30, 2012 and 2011 was $4.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively. The  increase during 2012
related to the write-down of certain printed textbooks that are no longer being used in  the Company’s
provision of curriculum.

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist primarily of textbooks, curriculum materials and other supplies which

are expected to be returned upon the  completion of the school  year. Materials not returned  are
expensed as part of instructional costs  and services.

Property and Equipment

Property, equipment and capitalized software  development costs  are stated at cost less accumulated

depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method  over
the estimated useful life of the asset  (or  the lesser of the term of the lease  and the  estimated  useful life
of the asset under capital lease). Amortization  of assets capitalized under capital lease arrangements is
included in depreciation expense. Leasehold improvements  are  amortized over the  lesser  of the lease
term or the estimated useful life of the asset.  The  Company determines the lease  term in accordance
with ASC 840, Leases, as the fixed non-cancelable term of the lease  plus all periods for which failure  to

87

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

renew the lease imposes a penalty on the lessee in  an amount such  that renewal appears,  at the
inception of the lease, to be reasonably assured. Property  and  equipment  are depreciated  over the
following useful lives:

Student computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web site development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Useful Life

3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
5 years
7 years
3 - 12 years

Capitalized Software Development Costs

The Company develops software for  internal  use. Software development costs incurred  during  the
application development stage are capitalized  in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles. The Company
amortizes these costs over the estimated useful  life of the software, which  is generally three  years.
Capitalized software development costs are stated at cost  less accumulated amortization.

Capitalized software development additions totaled $22.0  million,  $9.9 million and  $9.3 million for
the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011  and 2010, respectively. Amortization  expense for the years ended
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $11.7 million, $8.9  million and $3.9 million, respectively.

Capitalized Curriculum Development Costs

The Company internally develops curriculum, which  is primarily  provided  as online content and

accessed via the Internet. The Company also creates  textbooks and other materials that are
complementary to online content.

The Company capitalizes curriculum development  costs incurred during the application

development stage in accordance with ASC 350. The Company capitalizes curriculum development
costs during the design and deployment  phases of the project.  Many of the  Company’s new courses
leverage  off of proven delivery platforms  and are primarily content, which  has no  technological hurdles.
As a result, a significant portion of the Company’s courseware development costs qualify for
capitalization due to the concentration of its development efforts  on the content  of the courseware.
Capitalization ends when a course is available for general release  to  its customers, at  which time
amortization of the capitalized costs begins. The period  of time over which  these development costs will
be amortized is generally five years.

Total capitalized curriculum development additions  were $16.1 million, $18.1 million and
$13.9 million for the years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are
recorded on the accompanying consolidated  balance  sheet,  net of amortization and impairment charges.
Amortization and impairment charges are  recorded  in product development expenses  on the
accompanying consolidated statement of operations. Amortization  expense for the years ended  June  30,
2012, 2011 and 2010 were $12.4 million,  $10.4 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

88

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Noncontrolling Interest

Earnings or losses attributable to other  stockholders  of a consolidated affiliated  company are

classified separately as ‘‘noncontrolling  interest’’  in the Company’s  consolidated  statements  of
operations. Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest reflects  only  its share of the after-tax
earnings or losses of an affiliated company. Income  taxes attributable to noncontrolling  interest  are
determined using the applicable statutory  tax rates in  the jurisdictions where such operations are
conducted. These rates vary from country  to  country. The Company’s consolidated balance sheets
reflect noncontrolling interest within the equity section of  the consolidated  balance  sheet  rather than in
the mezzanine section of the consolidated balance  sheet, except for redeemable noncontrolling
interests. Noncontrolling interest is classified  separately in the Company’s statements of equity.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries that  are redeemable  outside of  the Company’s  control  for

cash or other assets are classified outside  of permanent equity at redeemable value  which approximates
fair value. The redeemable noncontrolling interests are  adjusted to their  fair value  at each balance
sheet date. The resulting increases or decreases in the  estimated  redemption  amount  are affected  by
corresponding charges against retained earnings  or, in the  absence  of retained  earnings, additional
paid-in-capital.

Goodwill and Intangibles

The Company records as goodwill the excess of purchase price  over the fair  value of  the

identifiable net assets acquired. Finite-lived intangible  assets acquired in business combinations  subject
to amortization are recorded at their  fair value.  Finite-lived intangible assets include trade names,
acquired customers and non-compete agreements.  Such  intangible assets are  amortized on a
straight-line basis over their estimated  useful lives.  As of June 30,  2012 and 2011, finite-lived intangible
assets were recorded at $44.9 million  and  $41.8 million, respectively and  accumulated amortization of
$8.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively.  Amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2012,
2011 and 2010 was $4.7 million, $3.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.  Future  amortization  of
intangible assets is $4.6 million, $3.1  million, $3.1  million, $3.0 million  and  $2.4 million in the years
ended June 30, 2013 through June 30, 2017,  respectively, and $20.4  million thereafter. As of June 30,
2012 and 2011, goodwill balances were recorded for at  $61.6 million and $55.6 million, respectively

The Company reviews its recorded finite-lived intangible assets for impairment  whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. If
the total of the expected undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying  amount  of  the asset, a
loss is recognized for the difference between  fair value and the carrying  value of the  asset.

ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets prescribes a process for impairment testing of
goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives, which is performed annually, as  well as when an event
triggering impairment may have occurred. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an  indefinite
life are tested for impairment on an  annual basis,  or earlier when events  or changes in circumstances
suggest the carrying amount may not  be  fully  recoverable. The Company has elected to perform its
annual assessment on May 31st. For  the years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and 2010 no goodwill
impairment was recorded.

89

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The following table represents goodwill additions during fiscal  years  ended  June  30, 2012, 2011 and

2010:

Rollforward of Goodwill

Balance as of June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kaplan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

($ in millions)
$55.6
5.8
0.2

Balance as of June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$61.6

Intangible Assets:

($ in millions)
Trade names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer and distributor relationships
Developed technology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

2012

2011

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Value

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Value

$24.0
18.9
1.5
0.5

$44.9

$(3.1)
(4.0)
(0.9)
(0.2)

$(8.2)

$20.9
14.9
0.6
0.3

$36.7

$23.3
16.5
1.5
0.5

$41.8

$(1.6)
(1.3)
(0.4)
(0.2)

$(3.5)

$21.7
15.2
1.1
0.3

$38.3

Long-lived assets include property, equipment, capitalized curriculum and software  developed  or
obtained for internal use. In accordance with  ASC  360, the Company reviews its recorded long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events  or changes in  circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an asset may not be fully recoverable.  If the total of  the expected undiscounted  future cash flows is less
than the carrying amount of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between fair value and the
carrying  value of the asset. There was  no impairment charge for the years ended  June 30, 2012, 2011 or
2010,.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance  with ASC  740, Income Taxes. Under

ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed  based on the difference between  the financial
reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate.  ASC 740
requires that the net deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation  allowance  if, based on  the weight of
available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or  all of the net deferred tax  asset will
not be realized.

Sales Taxes

Sales tax collected from customers is excluded from  revenues. Collected  but unremitted sales tax is

included as part of accrued liabilities in the  accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Revenues  do

90

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

not include sales tax as the Company  considers itself a pass-through conduit  for collecting and
remitting sales tax.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value  of  share-based awards  on the date of grant. The fair value

of stock options is determined using  the Black-Scholes  option-pricing model and the fair  value of
restricted stock awards is based on the closing price  of  the Company’s  common stock on  the date of
grant. The determination of the fair  value of the  Company’s stock option awards and restricted stock
awards is based on a variety of factors including, but  not  limited  to,  the Company’s  common stock
price, expected stock price volatility over the expected  life of awards, and actual  and projected exercise
behavior. Additionally, the Company  has  estimated  forfeitures  for share-based awards at the dates of
grant based on historical experience,  adjusted for  future expectation.  The  forfeiture  estimate is  revised
as necessary if actual forfeitures differ  from these estimates.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs consist primarily of internet advertising, online marketing, direct

mail,  print media and television commercials  and are expensed when  incurred.

Series A Special Stock

The Company issued 2,750,000 shares of  Series A  Special  stock in connection  with an acquisition.
The holders of the Series A Special stock have the right to convert those shares into common stock on
a one-for-one basis and for the right to vote on  all matters  presented to K12 stockholders, other than
for the election and removal of directors, for which holders of the  Series  A  Special  stock  have no
voting rights.

Net Income Per Common Share

The Company calculates net income  per  share in  accordance with  ASC 260, Earnings Per Share.

Under ASC 260, basic net income per common share  is calculated by dividing  net income by the
weighted-average number of common  shares outstanding during the reporting period. The weighted
average number of shares of common  stock outstanding includes vested  restricted stock awards.  Diluted
earnings per share (‘‘EPS’’) reflects the potential  dilution that could occur assuming  conversion  or
exercise of all dilutive unexercised stock options. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted
stock awards, was determined using the treasury stock  method. Under the treasury stock method, the
proceeds received  from the exercise of stock options and  restricted stock awards, the  amount  of
compensation cost for future service not yet recognized by the  Company and the amount of tax benefits
that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the  stock  options  become deductible for
income tax purposes are all assumed to be used to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock.
Stock options and restricted awards are not included in the computation  of  diluted earnings per share
when they are antidilutive. Common  stock outstanding  reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance
sheet includes restricted awards outstanding. Securities that may participate  in undistributed  earnings
with common stock are considered participating securities.  Since the Series A Shares participate in all
dividends and distributions declared or paid with respect to common stock  of  the Company (as if a
holder of common stock), the Series A Shares  meet  the definition of participating  security under

91

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

ASC 260. All securities that meet the  definition  of  a participating security,  regardless  of whether the
securities are convertible, non-convertible or potential common  stock  securities, are  included in  the
computation of both basic and diluted  EPS (as a  reduction of the numerator) using the  two-class
method. Under the two-class method,  all undistributed earnings  in a period are to be allocated  to
common stock and participating securities to the  extent that  each security  may share in  earnings as  if
all of the earnings for the period had been distributed.

The following schedule presents the calculation of basic and diluted  net  income  per  share:

Basic earnings per share computation:
Net income—K12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amount allocated  to participating Series A  stockholders . . . .

Income available to common stockholders—basic . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average common shares—basic historical . . . . . . . .

Basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dilutive earnings per share computation:
Net income—K12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amount allocated  to participating Series A  stockholders . . . .

Income available to common stockholders—diluted . . . . . . .

$
$

$

$

$
$

$

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

(In thousands except shares and
per share data)

17,543
$
(1,252) $

12,792
$
(1,031) $

16,291

35,802,678

0.46

$

$

11,761

31,577,758

0.37

$

$

21,525
—

21,525

29,791,973

0.72

$
17,543
(1,252) $

$
12,792
(1,031) $

16,291

$

11,761

$

21,525
—

21,525

Share computation:

Weighted average common shares—basic historical
Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted  stock

. . . .

35,802,678

31,577,758

29,791,973

awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

188,185

537,003

456,710

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted . . .

35,990,863

32,114,761

30,248,683

Diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

0.45

$

0.37

$

0.71

The number of shares of common stock outstanding  at June 30,  2012 was 36,436,933.

As of June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010,  the shares  of  common stock issuable in connection with stock

options of 858,986, 317,913 and 1,048,749,  respectively, were not included in the diluted loss per
common share calculation since their  effect was anti-dilutive.

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability, in the  principal  or most  advantageous  market for
the asset or liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement  date.
ASC 820 also establishes a fair value  hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use  of
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring  fair value.

92

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

ASC 820 describes three levels of inputs that may  be  used  to  measure  fair value:

Level 1:

Inputs based on quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active
markets at the measurement date.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted

prices for similar assets and liabilities in active  markets; quoted prices for identical
or similar assets and liabilities in markets  that are not  active; or other inputs that
are  observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:

Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in
pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The  inputs are unobservable
in the market and significant to the instruments valuation.

The carrying values reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for cash and  cash

equivalents, receivables, inventory and short and long term debt approximate  their fair values.

The redeemable noncontrolling interest is a result of the  Company’s venture  with Middlebury
College to form Middlebury Interactive Languages. Under the agreement,  Middlebury College has an
irrevocable election to sell all (but not  less than all) of its Membership Interest  to  the Company (put
right). The fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest reflects management’s best estimate of
the redemption of the put right.

The following table summarizes certain fair  value information at June 30, 2012  for assets and

liabilities measured at fair value on a  recurring basis.

Description

Fair Value

Fair Value Measurements Using:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Input
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In thousands)

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest  in  Middlebury

Joint Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in Web International Education Group .

$17,200
$10,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,200

$—
$—

$—

$—
$—

$—

$17,200
$10,000

$27,200

93

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The following table summarizes certain fair  value information at June 30, 2011  for assets and

liabilities measured at fair value on a  recurring basis.

Description

Fair Value

Fair Value Measurements Using:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Input
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In thousands)

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest  in  Middlebury

Joint Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in Web International Education Group .

$17,200
$10,000

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,200

$—
$—

$—

$—
$—

$—

$17,200
$10,000

$27,200

The following table presents activity related to our fair value measurements categorized as Level 3

of the valuation hierarchy, valued on  a recurring basis, for  the fiscal year ended  June 30, 2012.

Fair Value
June 30, 2011

Purchases,
Issuances, and
Settlements

Net
Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)

Fair  Value
June  30,  2012

(In thousands)

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest  in

Middlebury Joint Venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$17,200

Investment in Web International Education

Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,000

$27,200

$—

$—

$—

$—

$—

$—

$17,200

$10,000

$27,200

The fair value of the Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest in  Middlebury  Joint Venture was
measured in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and was based upon a
valuation from a third party valuation  firm. In determining  the fair  value, the  valuation incorporated  a
number of assumptions and estimates  including an income-based  valuation  approach. As  of  June 30,
2012 the fair value was estimated at $17.2 million.

The fair value of the investment in Web International Educational Group (‘‘Web’’) as of June 30,

2012 was estimated to be $10.0 million. The  fair value was measured based on the initial  cost of the
investment and Web’s financial performance since  the initial investment; there  was no underlying
change in its estimated market value.

Retrospective Implementation of New Accounting Standards

The consolidated financial statements and footnotes reflect  adjustments required for  the

retrospective application of a new accounting pronouncement that  became effective for the Company
on July 1, 2009. ASC Section 810-10-65, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an
amendment of ARB No. 51, requires reclassification of the Company’s minority interest to
noncontrolling interest component of total  equity  and  that the noncontrolling interest in  the Company’s
operating results be presented as an allocation  of the Company’s  operating results.

94

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income, which

provides authoritative guidance on disclosure requirements  for comprehensive income. This accounting
update eliminated the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as  part of the
statement of shareholders’ equity. Instead,  the Company  must  report  comprehensive income in either a
single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains  two sections, net  income  and
other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive  statements. This  guidance became
effective for the Company beginning on July 1, 2012. The Company does  not expect  the guidance to
impact its financial condition and results of operations, as it only requires  a change in the  format of
presentation.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which provides
authoritative guidance to simplify how  entities, both public  and nonpublic, test  goodwill for impairment.
This accounting update permits an entity  to  first assess qualitative  factors to determine whether it is
more likely than not that the fair value of a  reporting unit is  less than  its carrying amount as a basis for
determining whether it is necessary to perform  the goodwill  impairment test.  The Company early
adopted the provisions of ASU 2011-08 during May 2012 when annual goodwill impairment testing was
performed. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its  financial  condition,
results of operations and disclosures.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):  Testing
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, which provides authoritative guidance  on application of
the impairment model for indefinite-lived intangible assets.  This accounting  updated permits an entity
to assess qualitative factors to determine  whether the existence of  events and  circumstances indicates
that it is more likely than not that indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired as part of its annual
assessment. This guidance becomes effective for the Company beginning on July 1,  2012. The Company
does not expect the guidance to impact  its  consolidated financial statements.

4. Property and Equipment and Capitalized Software  Development

Property and equipment consist of the  following  at:

June 30,

2012

2011

Student computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web site development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 81,925
22,869
14,607
8,476
3,454
4,312
1,115

$ 61,185
24,427
14,063
5,948
3,314
2,138
1,115

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . .

136,758
(80,855)

112,190
(65,565)

$ 55,903

$ 46,625

95

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

4. Property and Equipment and Capitalized Software  Development (Continued)

The Company recorded depreciation expense related  to  property and equipment reflected in
selling, administrative and other operating  expenses of  $9.6  million,  $4.9 million and  $3.7 million during
the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011  and 2010, respectively. Depreciation expense of  $17.7 million,
$13.9 million and $12.3 million related primarily to computers leased to students reflected in
instructional costs and services was recorded  during  the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Amortization expense of  $2.0 million,  $1.7 million and $0 million related  to  student
software costs reflected in instructional costs and services  was recorded by the Company during the
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and  2010, respectively.

In the course of its normal operations, the  Company incurs maintenance  and repair expenses.
Those are expensed as incurred and amounted to $5.6  million,  $2.9 million and  $1.2 million for  the
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and  2010, respectively.

Capitalized software consists of the following at:

Capitalized software costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 64,129
(29,420)

$ 42,131
(17,745)

$ 34,709

$ 24,386

June 30,

2012

2011

The Company recorded amortization  expense of $9.6 million,  $7.0 million and  $2.7 million related
to capitalized software development reflected  in instructional  costs  and services during the  years  ended
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Amortization expense of  $2.0 million, $1.3 million and
$1.1 million related to capitalized software development reflected  in product development expenses was
recorded during the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011  and 2010, respectively. The  Company recorded
amortization of capitalized software development costs reflected in selling,  administrative and other
operating expenses of $1.0 million, $0.6  million  and $0.1  million  during  the years ended June 30,  2012,
2011 and 2010, respectively.

5. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is based  on earnings reported in  the consolidated financial

statements. A deferred income tax asset or liability is  determined by applying currently enacted tax laws
and rates to the expected reversal of the cumulative temporary differences between  the carrying value
of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax  purposes. Deferred  income  tax expense
or benefit is measured by the change in the  deferred income tax asset  or  liability  during the year.

96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities result  primarily  from temporary differences  in book  versus tax

basis accounting. Deferred tax assets  and liabilities consist  of  the following:

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Net operating loss carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax basis intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charitable contributions carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

$ 14,963
6,676
7,285
3,300
3,319
1,962
724
1,404
109
—

$ 18,607
5,861
4,927
3,101
2,558
1,805
794
873
552
2

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39,742

39,080

Deferred tax liabilities:
Capitalized software and website development costs . . . . . . . . .
Purchased intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized curriculum development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returned materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investment in Middlebury Interactive  Languages . . . . . . . . . . .

(12,707)
(8,793)
(13,180)
(13,793)
(4,623)
(1,031)

(9,249)
(9,751)
(5,401)
(11,836)
(3,338)
(1,018)

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(54,127)

(40,593)

Deferred tax (liability) asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(14,385)
(1,066)

(1,513)
(916)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(15,451) $ (2,429)

Reported as:

Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncurrent  deferred  tax  (liability) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,140
(31,591)

$ 7,175
(9,604)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(15,451) $ (2,429)

The Company maintains a valuation  allowance  on net deferred tax assets of $1.1 million  and

$0.9 million as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to state and foreign income tax net
operating losses (‘‘NOL’’) as the Company believes it is more likely than not that it  will not be able to
utilize these deferred tax assets. The Company has not provided for  U.S. deferred  income  taxes on
undistributed foreign earnings because  such earnings  are considered to be permanently  reinvested.
Undistributed earnings of certain consolidated  foreign subsidiaries at June 30, 2012 amounted to
$4.1 million. If such earnings were not permanently  reinvested, a U.S. deferred income tax liability of
approximately $1.3 million would have  been required.

97

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

Under the provision of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, the amount of the NOL

carryforward related to stock-based compensation expense is not recognized until the stock-based
compensation tax deductions reduce  taxes payable.  Accordingly, the NOLs reported  in gross  deferred
tax assets do not include the component  of the NOL  related  to  excess  tax deductions over book
compensation  cost  related  to  stock-based  compensation.  The  net  increase/(decrease)  from  the  excess
tax benefits from the stock-based compensation  of  $(3.1)  million, $4.9  million,  and $3.9  million  was
recorded to capital in excess of par value for years ended June 30,  2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
At June  30, 2012, the Company had available federal NOL carryforwards of  $61.2 million, of which
$23.5 million was attributable to stock option deductions  for  which no  deferred tax asset was recorded.
These NOLs expire between 2021 and 2031 if unused.

At June 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had available Research and  Development Credits of
$3.6 million and $3.3 million that will expire  between  2021 and  2032 if unused. As  of  June  30, 2012, the
Company has available alternative minimum tax (‘‘AMT’’) credits of $0.3  million  that  do not expire.

For the years ended June 30, 2012 and  2011, the Company has evaluated whether a  change in the
Company’s ownership of outstanding  classes of stock  as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 382
could prohibit or limit the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs. As  a  result of  this study, the Company
has concluded it is more likely than not that  the Company will be able to fully utilize its NOLs  subject
to the Section 382 limitation.

The related components of the income tax expense  for the  years  ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and

2010 were as follows:

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

Current:
Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred:
Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

154
1,358
73

1,585

8,891
1,219
187

Total deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10,297

$ 3,935
1,267
170

$ 3,540
1,629
—

5,372

5,169

5,539
431
—

5,970

7,610
470
—

8,080

$11,882

$11,342

$13,249

98

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

The provision for income taxes can be  reconciled to the income tax that would  result from

applying the statutory rate to the net  income  before  income taxes  as follows:

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

U.S. federal tax at statutory rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Permanent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6
1.4
3.6
Lobbying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
4.4
6.6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State taxes, net of federal benefit
5.9
Transaction  costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
(2.5)
(1.0)
Research and development tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(0.8)
(2.7)
Effects of foreign operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.7
1.8
Noncontrolling interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0.4
(1.1)
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.2
3.1
4.0
—
(4.3)
0.2
0.7
(0.1)

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42.4% 49.3% 38.8%

The effective income tax rates during the years ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and 2010 were 42.4%,

49.3%, and 38.8%, respectively. The primary causes of the changes in the effective rates were
nondeductible transaction costs in the year ended  June 30, 2011 and a  cumulative benefit  for research
tax credits generated since 2001 recorded  in the year ended June 30, 2010. In addition, an increase in
pretax income in lower tax foreign jurisdictions reduced the  effective  rate  in the current year  more so
than in previous years.

Tax Uncertainties

Effective July 1, 2007, the Company  adopted the  provisions of ASC  740-10  which applies to all tax

position related to income taxes. ASC  740-10 provides a  comprehensive model for how a  company
should recognize, measure, present and  disclose in its financial statements uncertain  tax positions that
the company has taken or expects to  take  on a  tax return.  ASC  740-10  clarifies accounting for income
taxes by  prescribing a minimum probability  threshold that a  tax  position must meet before a  financial
statement benefit is recognized. If the  probability  for  sustaining a  tax position is greater than 50%, then
the tax position is warranted and recognition should be at  the highest amount which would be expected
to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in

income tax expense. At June 30, 2012, 2011 and  2010, the company had  no interest or penalties
accrued.

99

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

During the fiscal year ended June 30,  2010, the Company adjusted its research and development
credit carryforward on its June 30, 2009 return  to  claim  the correct current and prior credits. At that
time, the Company established an ASC 740-10 reserve related to the research and  development credits.

Year Ended
June 30,

2012

2011

2010

Balance at beginning of the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for prior year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions for current year tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$817

$261
— 365
191
89

Balance at end of  the year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$906

$817

$ —
221
40

$261

The Company or one of its subsidiaries  files income tax returns in  the U.S.  federal, foreign  and

various states jurisdictions. Given the federal  and  certain state net  operating losses  generated in prior
years, the statute of limitations for all  tax years beginning with the period ended December 31, 2000
are still open. The statute of limitations for certain states for certain subsidiaries that have generated
income may only extend back to 2008. The returns  of  the foreign subsidiaries are  open to examination
for the periods dating back to 2008.

If recognized, $0.8 million of the $0.9 million balance of unrecognized tax benefits would affect the

effective tax rate. It is reasonably expected that unrecognized tax  benefits related  to  income  tax issues
will not change by a significant amount over the next twelve months.

6. Lease Commitments and Notes Payable

Capital leases

As of June 30, 2012 and 2011, computer equipment  under capital leases were  recorded at a  cost of

$81.9 million and $61.2 million, respectively  and accumulated depreciation of $54.4  million and
$43.7 million, respectively. Borrowings  under lease lines had interest rates ranging from 2.62% to
6.24% and included a 36-month payment term with a  $1 purchase option at  the end of the  term. The
Company has pledged the assets financed to secure the amounts outstanding under  the capital leases.
The computer equipment lease line is  subject to cross  default compliance provisions in the Company’s
existing line of credit agreement (see  Note 7).

The Company incurs capital lease obligations under a lease  line of  credit  with  PNC Equipment

Finance, LLC with annual borrowing  limits. Capital lease borrowings are  repaid over three  years
following the incurrence of a lease. During the fiscal year ended June 30,  2012, the Company increased
availability under the lease line of credit to $27.5 million, which  was  fully  utilized  to  acquire student
computers and related hardware. In July 2012, the  Company entered  into  a $35 million lease line of
credit of credit for student computer purchases during fiscal 2013. This borrowing  availability expires  in
August 2013 and interest rates on the new borrowings are based upon an initial rate  of 2.91% modified
by changes in the three year interest rate swaps  rate as  published in  the Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15, ‘‘Selected Interest Rates.’’

100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

6. Lease Commitments and Notes Payable  (Continued)

Notes payable

The Company has purchased computer software  licenses  and  maintenance services through an
unsecured notes payable at an interest rate  of 3.4% and a payment term of three  years.  There are no
covenants  associated  with  this  notes  payable.

The following is a summary as of June 30,  2012 of the present value of the net minimum  lease

payments on capital leases and notes payable  under the Company’s commitments:

($ in thousands)
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less amount representing interest (imputed weighted
average interest rate of 3.4%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capital
Leases

$ 16,625
11,266
4,163
3

Notes
Payable

$ 1,178
785
—
—

Total

$ 17,803
12,051
4,163
3

32,057

1,963

34,020

(983)

(41)

(1,024)

Net minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31,074
(15,950)

1,922
(1,145)

32,996
(17,095)

Present value of net minimum payments,  less current
portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 15,124

$

777

$ 15,901

Operating leases

The Company has fixed non-cancelable operating leases with terms  expiring  through 2022 for
office space leases. Office leases generally contain  renewal options and  certain leases provide  for
scheduled rate increases over the lease terms.

In August 2010, the Company amended its operating lease for non-owned  facilities  whereby the
Company agreed to consolidate various operating leases and subleases into a single lease  and extended
the term of the lease until May 2022. Rent expense  was  $7.8 million, $6.5 million and $4.0 million for
the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011  and 2010, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial  terms of one

year or more are as follows:

($ in thousands)
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ending
June 30,

$ 5,814
6,382
6,492
6,213
6,016
30,599

Total future minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$61,516

101

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

7. Line of Credit

The Company has a $35 million revolving credit  agreement with  PNC Bank, N.A. (the  ‘‘Credit
Agreement’’) that expires in December  2012 for general corporate operating purposes. Borrowings
under the Credit Agreement bear interest based upon  the term of  the  borrowings. Interest is  charged,
at the Company’s option, either at: (i) the higher of (a) the rate of interest announced  by  PNC Bank,
N.A. from time to time as its ‘‘prime rate’’  and  (b) the  federal  funds  rate  plus 0.5%; or (ii)  the
applicable London Interbank Offered Rate (‘‘LIBOR’’)  divided by a number  equal to 1.00 minus the
maximum aggregate reserve requirement  which is  imposed on member banks of the  Federal  Reserve
System against ‘‘eurocurrency liabilities’’ plus  the applicable  margin for such loans, which ranges
between 1.50% and 2.00%, based on the  leverage  ratio (as defined in the  Credit  Agreement).  The
Company pays a quarterly commitment  fee on the  unused portion  of the credit agreement. The line of
credit includes a $5.0 million letter of  credit facility.  Issuances of letters of credit reduce  the availability
of permitted borrowings under the Credit Agreement.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of the  Company’s assets.
The Credit Agreement contains a number  of financial and  other covenants  that,  among  other  things,
restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ abilities  to  incur additional  indebtedness, grant liens or
other security interests, make certain  investments, become liable for contingent liabilities, make
specified restricted payments including  dividends,  dispose  of  assets or  stock,  including the  stock of its
subsidiaries, or make capital expenditures  above specified  limits and engage in other matters
customarily restricted in senior secured credit facilities. The Company  must also maintain a  maximum
debt leverage ratio. These covenants are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions.  Through
June 30, 2012, the  Company was in compliance with these covenants. As  of June  30, 2012, no
borrowings were outstanding on the  line of credit and approximately $0.3 million  was reserved for a
letter of credit. The Company currently  expects  to  enter into a  new line of credit agreement at,  or prior
to, the termination of the existing line of credit.

8. Warrants

The Company issued warrants in March 2003 at a price of $8.16  per  share in conjunction with
promissory notes issued by the Company. These warrants  expired  in December  2009 and during the
year ended June 30, 2010, warrants were cashless exercised in exchange for 6,173  shares of common
stock.

9. Equity Transactions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

On October 30, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors  (the  ‘‘Board’’) approved  an amendment
and restatement of the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which
was adopted by the majority of the stockholders  of the Company on October 31, 2007 (the
‘‘Certificate’’). The Certificate authorizes the Company  to  issue  100,000,000 shares of  Common Stock
and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. No Preferred Stock was  issued or outstanding  as of June 30,
2012 or 2011.

Investment by Technology Crossover Ventures in K12 Inc.

In April 2011, the Company completed  a private placement  sale of 4 million shares of  restricted
common stock at a price of $31.46 per share  to  Technology Crossover  Ventures  (‘‘TCV’’).  The gross

102

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

9. Equity Transactions (Continued)

proceeds of $125.8 million were unrestricted  and available for  acquisitions, strategic investments and
general corporate purposes. Under the terms of  the transaction, the Board appointed a director
nominated by TCV to the Board to hold office until the  next annual meeting of stockholders.
Additionally, the Company granted TCV  the right to participate on a pro-rata basis  in any subsequent
private  offerings of common stock by the Company, subject to certain  exclusions such as issuances in
connection with acquisitions or employee equity plans. As provided  by the terms  of  the transaction, the
Company filed a resale registration statement with respect to these shares  with the Securities and
Exchange Commission and the registration statement was declared effective  on December 28, 2011.

Series A Special Stock

The Company issued 2,750,000 shares of  Series A  Special  stock in connection  with its acquisition
of KC Distance Learning, Inc. (See note 13).  The  holders of the Series  A Special stock have  the right
to convert those shares into common  stock on a one-for-one  basis and  for  the right to vote on all
matters presented to K12 stockholders, other than for the election and removal  of directors,  for which
holders  of the Series A Special stock  have no  voting rights.

10. Stock Option Plan

The Company adopted a Stock Option Plan in  May  2000 (the ‘‘Option Plan’’) under which,
employees, outside directors and independent contractors  could participate in the  Company’s future
performance through awards of nonqualified  stock options to purchase  common stock. In December
2003, the total number of common stock shares  reserved for  grant and  issuance pursuant to the Option
Plan was increased to 2,549,019 shares. In  November 2007, the Company’s Board adopted the 2007
Equity Incentive Award Plan (the ‘‘2007  Plan’’) increasing the  number of  common stock shares
reserved for issuance to 4,213,921 shares plus increases  in the shares pursuant to the ‘‘evergreen
provision’’ that may be issued under the  2007 Plan over the  course  of its  ten-year term. Each stock
option is exercisable pursuant to the  vesting schedule set forth  in the stock option agreement granting
such stock option, generally over four  years. No stock option shall be exercisable after the expiration of
its  option term. The Company has granted stock options under  the 2007 Plan and the Company  has
also granted stock options to executive officers under stand-alone agreements outside the Plan. Options
granted under stand-alone agreements totaled  1,441,168 as of June 30,  2012 and June  30, 2011. There
have been no grants of nonqualified stock  options to independent contractors.

Compensation expense for all equity-based compensation awards  is based  on the grant-date  fair

value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. The Company recognizes  these
compensation costs on a straight-line  basis over the requisite service  period, which is generally the
vesting period of the award.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model method  to  calculate  the fair value of

stock options. The use of option valuation models requires the input by  management of highly
subjective assumptions, including the  expected stock  price volatility, the expected life of the  option term
and forfeiture rate. These assumptions are utilized by the Company in determining the  estimated fair
value of stock options.

103

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

10. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

The fair value of the Company’s service and performance based stock  options was estimated as of

the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option  pricing model with the following assumptions:

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life of the option term (in years) . . . .
Forfeiture rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.00%
48%  to  55%

0.00%
48%
0.68% to 0.96% 1.25% to 2.37% 2.04% to 2.43%
5.11
20% to 30%

5.11 to 5.25
10% to 27%

5.11
20% to 30%

0.00%
51%

The fair value of the options granted for  the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was

$4.6 million, $1.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively.  This amount  will be  expensed  over the required
service period.

Dividend yield—The Company has never declared  or paid dividends on  its common stock and has

no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

Expected  volatility—Volatility is a measure of the amount by which  a financial variable such as a
share price has fluctuated (historical  volatility) or is expected  to  fluctuate (expected  volatility) during a
period. Since the Company’s common shares have been publicly traded  for  less  than five years and
therefore does not have sufficient historical  data,  the basis for the standard option volatility calculation
is derived from known publicly traded comparable  companies. The annual volatility for these  companies
is derived from their historical stock  price data.  Beginning in  2013, the Company expects  to  have
sufficient historical data to use its own volatility rather  than  utilizing a peer group  volatility.

Risk-free interest rate—The assumed risk free rate used is a zero  coupon U.S.  Treasury security  with

a maturity that approximates the expected term of the  option.

Expected  life of the option term—The  period of time that the options granted  are expected to

remain unexercised. Options granted  during the year have a maximum term of  eight years. The
Company estimates the expected life of the option term  based on  an average life  between the dates
that options become fully vested and  the maximum life  of  options granted.

Forfeiture rate—The estimated percentage of options granted that  are expected to be forfeited or

canceled before becoming fully vested.  The  Company uses  a forfeiture rate based  on historical
forfeitures of different classification levels of employees  in the Company.

104

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

10. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

Stock option activity including stand-alone  agreements during the  years  ended June 30, 2012, 2011

and 2010 are as follows:

Outstanding, June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited or canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited or canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited or canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

5.16

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$28,516

5.06

24,911

4.58

$38,485

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$14.59
18.85
9.07
17.21

$16.81
30.65
11.79
21.46

$19.23
25.22
15.08
23.34

Shares

4,094,208
950,700
(936,195)
(194,866)

3,913,847
119,000
(1,131,747)
(135,371)

2,765,729
489,486
(217,956)
(87,319)

Outstanding, June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . .

2,949,940

$20.41

4.21

$36,916

Stock options exercisable at June 30,

2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,044,791

$19.28

3.26

$27,347

Stock options outstanding at June 30,  2012 included  662,692 options related  to  performance or
market based options. During the year ended June 30,  2012, performance or market based options
vested were 44,118. No performance  or market based options were forfeited during the year ended
June 30, 2012. Stock options exercisable  at June 30,  2012 included  553,921 stock options related  to
performance based options. Vesting of performance based options is  contingent on  meeting various
company-wide performance goals.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table  above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the
difference between the Company’s closing stock price  on the last day of the  year  and the  exercise price,
multiplied by the number of in-the-money options)  that  would have  been received by the option
holders  had all option holders exercised their options on  June 30, 2012. The amount of aggregate
intrinsic value will change based on the fair market value of the  Company’s stock.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised  for the  years  ended June 30, 2012,  2011 and  2010 was

$3.6 million, $22.2 million and $10.7  million, respectively.

As of June 30, 2012, there was $7.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to

unvested stock options granted under the Stock Option Plans adopted in  May 2000 and  November
2007. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted  average  period  of 2.69 years. During the
years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and  2010, the Company recognized $4.5 million, $5.2 million and
$5.2 million of stock based compensation expense. The  total income tax  (expense)/benefit recognized in

105

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

10. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

the consolidated statements of operations related to stock options exercised during  the years ended
June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $(3.1)  million,  $5.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

In July 2009, the Company approved grants of  restricted stock awards (‘‘RSA’’) pursuant to the

2007 Plan. Under the Plan, employees, outside directors  and independent contractors are able to
participate in the Company’s future performance through the awards  of  restricted stock. Each RSA
vests pursuant to the vesting schedule  set forth in  the restricted stock agreement granting such  RSA’s,
generally over three years. Under the  2007 Plan, there  have been no awards of restricted stock to
independent contractors.

Restricted stock award activity during the years ended June 30,  2012 and  2011 was as  follows:

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Shares

Outstanding, June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $ —
$18.29
$17.46
$17.46

225,946
(16,007)
(22,089)

Outstanding, June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding, June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

187,850
451,143
(154,224)
(40,618)

444,151
398,940
(199,043)
(52,411)

$18.46
$25.19
$22.08
$23.03

$23.62
$26.19
$23.46
$26.86

Outstanding, June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

591,637

$25.12

During the year ended June 30, 2012,  no new performance based  restricted stock awards were
granted and 45,000 were outstanding at June 30, 2012.  Vesting of the performance-based restricted
stock awards is contingent on certain financial performance goals.

The fair value of restricted stock awards granted for the  year ended June  30, 2012 was

$8.1 million. As of June 30, 2012, there  was $9.1 million of  total  unrecognized compensation expense
related to unvested restricted stock awards  granted. The cost is expected  to  be  recognized over  a
weighted average period of 1.99 years. The total fair value of shares  vested  during the year ended
June 30, 2012 was $4.1 million. During  the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the  Company
recognized $5.6 million, $4.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of  stock-based  compensation
expense related to restricted stock awards.

106

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

11. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

In May 2010, the Company entered into an agreement  to  establish a  venture with Middlebury
College (‘‘Middlebury’’) to form Middlebury Interactive Languages LLC (‘‘MIL’’). The venture  creates
and distributes innovative, high-quality online language courses under the trademark Middlebury  and
other marks. At any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of forming the venture,  Middlebury may give
written notice of its irrevocable election to sell  all  (but  not less  than all) of its membership interest to
the Company (put right). The purchase price  for Middlebury’s Membership Interest  shall be its  fair
market value and the Company may,  in its sole discretion, pay the purchase price in  cash or  shares of
the Company’s common stock. The agreement also includes a provision whereby,  if certain  milestones
are not met related to expanding the business by June 2014,  Middlebury will have the  option to
repurchase certain contributed assets  at their fair market value.

Given the provision of the put right, the noncontrolling  interest is  redeemable  outside of  the
Company’s control and it is recorded outside of permanent  equity at its redemption  value fair  value in
accordance with EITF Topic D-98, Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities. The
Company will adjust the redeemable  noncontrolling interest to redemption value  on each balance sheet
date  with changes in redemption value recognized as an adjustment to retained earnings, or  in the
absence of retained earnings, by adjustment to additional  paid-in-capital.

The following is a summary of the activity of the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the years

ended June 30, 2012 and 2011:

Balance of redeemable noncontrolling interest  at June 30,  2010 . . . . . . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment to redemption value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance of redeemable noncontrolling interest  at June 30,  2011 . . . . . . . . .
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment to redemption value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Value

$17,374
(1,112)
938

17,200
(1,462)
1,462

Balance of redeemable noncontrolling interest  at June 30,  2012 . . . . . . . . .

$17,200

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

In the ordinary conduct of business, the Company is subject to lawsuits, arbitrations and
administrative proceedings from time to time. The Company  expenses legal costs as incurred.

IpLearn

On October  26, 2011, IpLearn, LLC (‘‘IpLearn’’) filed a complaint for patent infringement  against

the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware,  IpLearn, LLC v. K12 Inc.,
Case No. 1:11-1026-LPS, which it subsequently amended on November 18,  2011.  IpLearn  is a
privately-held technology development and licensing company for web and computer-based learning
technologies. In its complaint, IpLearn alleges that the Company has infringed three of its patents for
various computer-aided learning methods and systems. On July 2, 2012, the Court granted the  Company’s

107

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

12. Commitments and Contingencies  (Continued)

motion to dismiss IpLearn’s allegations of indirect patent infringement and allowed IpLearn’s allegations
of direct  patent infringement to proceed. The discovery process is currently in progress.

Hoppaugh Complaint

On January 30, 2012, a securities class-action lawsuit  captioned Hoppaugh v. K12 Inc., was filed
against the Company and two of its officers in  the United  States District Court for  the Eastern  District
of Virginia, Hoppaugh v. K12. Inc., Case No. 1: 12-CV-00103-CMH-IDD. The plaintiff  purports to
represent a class of persons who purchased or  otherwise acquired K12  common stock between
September 9, 2009 and December 16,  2011, inclusive, and alleges violations by the defendants  of
Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder.  The plaintiff
alleges, among other things, that the  defendants made false  or  misleading statements of  material  fact,
or failed to disclose material facts, about (i)  the Company’s  financial results during the  class period,
(ii) the academic performance of the  virtual  schools served by the Company,  and (iii) certain school
administrative practices and sales strategies related to enrollments. On May 18, 2012,  the Court
appointed the Arkansas Teacher Retirement  System as  lead  plaintiff, and  it filed an amended class
action complaint (the ‘‘Amended Complaint’’) on June 22, 2012.  The  plaintiff  seeks unspecified
compensatory damages and other relief. The Company intends to defend vigorously against the claims
asserted in the Amended Complaint, and filed a motion to dismiss  on July 20, 2012.  In addition to the
above described stockholder class action, on March 21, 2012,  a federal  stockholder  derivative action,
Jared Staal v. Tisch. et. al., Case No. 1: 12-CV-00365-SLR, putatively initiated on behalf of the
Company, was filed in the United States District Court  for  the District  of  Delaware. By stipulation, all
matters in this derivative action have been stayed until the motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint
are decided. The Board of Directors  received a shareholder demand letter, dated August  16, 2012, that
asserted allegations against various directors,  senior officers and employees of K12 similar to those
made in the previously disclosed securities class  action and derivative  lawsuits. The shareholder
requested that the Board investigate and pursue claims  related to breach of fiduciary  duty on  behalf of
the Company. The Board will consider the demand and take appropriate action.

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain executive officers that provide

for severance payments and, in some  cases other benefits,  upon certain  terminations  of  employment.
Except for the agreement with its CEO  that  has a  three year term, all  other  agreements provide for
employment on an ‘‘at-will’’ basis. If  the employee  is terminated for  ‘‘good reason’’ or without cause,
the employee is entitled to salary continuation, and in some cases  benefit continuation, for varying
periods depending on the agreement.

13. Acquisitions and Investments

KC Distance Learning, Inc.

On July 23, 2010 the Company acquired all of the  stock  of  KCDL, a provider  of online curriculum

and public and private virtual education, by issuing to its parent company,  KCDL Holdings  LLC,
2,750,000 shares of a new class of stock designated  as Series A Special Stock, which had  a value  at
closing of $63.1 million. KCDL Holdings, Inc. is an affiliate of Learning Group, LLC, a related  party.
The KCDL businesses include: Aventa Learning (online  curriculum and instruction), the iQ Academies

108

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

13. Acquisitions and Investments (Continued)

(statewide virtual public charter schools for middle and  high school);  and The  Keystone School
(international online private school). The  following  unaudited pro forma combined  results of operations
give effect to the acquisition of KCDL as if it had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented.
The unaudited pro forma combined results of  operations are  provided  for informational purposes  only
and do not purport to represent actual consolidated results of operations had  the acquisition occurred
on the dates assumed, nor are these  financial statements necessarily indicative of future consolidated
results of operations. The Company expects  to  incur costs  and realize benefits associated  with
integrating the operations of KCDL.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined  results of operations do not
reflect the costs of any integration activities or any benefits that may  result from operating efficiencies
or revenue synergies. Pro forma results  include  non-recurring transaction costs of $1.9 million.

Pro forma Results of Operations (unaudited,  in  thousands)

Year ended June 30,

2011

2010

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$523,755
$ 10,839

$421,119
$ 18,082

The American Education Corporation

In December 2010, the Company acquired the  stock  of The American  Education Corporation
(AEC) for a total cash purchase price of $35.2 million, including  certain amounts held in  escrow (which
the Company received back) of $6.8  million and cash of $3.7 million, resulting in  a net purchase price
of approximately $24.5 million. AEC is a leading provider  of research-based core curriculum
instructional software for kindergarten through  adult learners. The acquisition increased the Company’s
portfolio of innovative, high quality instruction  and  curriculum used by school districts all over the
country. The acquisition of AEC has  been included  in the Company’s results since the acquisition date
of December 1, 2010. The AEC acquisition had an  immaterial proforma impact on 2011 and  2010
results. The allocation of the purchase price to the  identifiable tangible  and intangible  assets and
liabilities assumed under the purchase method  of  accounting was finalized  during  the third quarter of
2012.

Investment in Web International Education Group, Ltd.

In January 2011, the Company invested $10 million to obtain a 20% minority interest in  Web
International Education Group, Ltd. (Web), a  provider of English language  learning centers  in cities
throughout China. The Company’s option  to  purchase  no less than 51% of Web was extended to
December 31, 2012 (from July 1, 2012) and the Company  has the option to purchase all remaining
equity interest of Web between July 1, 2013 and June 30, 2015. The Company recorded  its  investment
in Web  as an available for sale debt security  because of the  ability  to  put the investment to other Web
shareholders  in  return  for  the  original  $10  million  investment  plus  interest.  There  has  been  no  change
to the fair value of the Web investment based  on Web’s financial performance since  the initial
investment and Web’s ability to repay  the investment plus interest with cash.

International School of Berne

On April 1, 2011, the Company finalized its acquisition of the  operations  and substantially all

assets of the International School of  Berne (IS Berne) for  2 million Swiss  francs  ($2.2  million).

109

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

13. Acquisitions and Investments (Continued)

IS Berne is a traditional school located in  Berne,  Switzerland serving students in grades Pre-K through
12. IS Berne is an International Baccalaureate school in its 50th year of operation. The Company
purchased the right to operate IS Berne and substantially all of its assets excluding real estate. Slightly
more than half of the purchase price  was allocated to goodwill and the purchase price  allocation was
finalized during the fourth quarter of  2012. The results of operations of IS Berne have been included
since the date of acquisition. The IS  Berne  acquisition  had an immaterial proforma impact on 2011 and
2010 results.

Acquisition of Assets from Kaplan Virtual  Education and Insight Schools, Inc.

On July 1, 2011, the Company acquired certain assets  of Kaplan  Virtual Education (Kaplan/Insight

Assets) for $12.6 million. The Kaplan/Insight  Assets included contracts to serve nine virtual  charter
schools throughout the United States  that have been  integrated into the Company’s  existing operations.
The  acquisition  of  the  Kaplan/Insight  assets  had  an  immaterial  proforma  impact  on  2011  results.  The
majority of the purchase price has been allocated to goodwill and intangible assets for $5.8 million and
$4.3 million, respectively. The purchase  price allocation remains  preliminary  as of June 30, 2012.

14. Related Party Transactions

For the years ended June 30, 2012 and  2011, the Company purchased services and assets  in the

amount of $0.6 million and $1.3 million from Knowledge Universe  Technologies  (KUT)  pursuant  to  a
Transition Services Agreement related to the  Company’s acquisition of KCDL. KUT is an affiliate of
Learning Group, LLC, a related party. Additionally, KCDL  has capital leases with an outstanding
balance due to KCDL Holdings, Inc. of $0.1  million  as of June 30, 2012 and  $0.5 million as of June 30,
2011.

During 2012, in accordance with the original terms of the  joint  venture agreement,  the Company

loaned $3.0 million to its 60% owned joint venture, Middlebury Interactive Language. The loan  is
repayable under terms and conditions specified  in the loan agreement. The loan  balance  and related
interest are eliminated since Middlebury Interactive  Language is consolidated in the  Company’s
financial statements; however, repayment  of  the loan  is dependent  on the  continued  liquidity of
Middlebury Interactive Language.

15. Employee Benefits

The Company maintains a 401(k)  Salary  Deferral Plan (the 401(k) Plan) for its employees.
Employees at least 18 years of age who have  been employed for at least 30  days may voluntarily
contribute up to 15% of their compensation to the  Plan  on a pretax basis.  The 401(k) Plan provides for
a matching Company contribution of  25% of the first  4% of each participant’s compensation, which
begins following six months of service  with full vesting after three years of service. The Company
expensed $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million during each of the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011
and 2010, respectively under the 401(k) plan.

110

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

16. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash  Flow Information

Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash paid for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2012

2011

2010

$

$

981

294

$ 1,216

$ 1,282

$ 4,616

$

872

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash  investing  and  financing activities:
Property and equipment financed by capital lease obligations

. . . . . . . .

$27,209

$ 15,645

$12,194

Property and equipment financed by notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ 1,872

$ —

Cash receipts in transit from exercise  of  stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

87

$ —

Net working capital contributed to Middlebury  Interactive Languages

venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

— $ 3,374

Intangible assets contributed to Middlebury Interactive Languages

venture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

— $14,000

Purchase of perpetual license agreement/accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

— $

250

Business Combinations

—Current Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,043

$ 13,396

$ —

—Property, equipment and software  development costs . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,941

$ 12,938

$ —

—Capitalized curriculum development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,000

$ 8,073

$ —

—Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,115

$ 27,310

$ —

—Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,992

$ 53,789

$ —

—Other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

198

$ —

—Deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ (6,989) $ —

—Assumed liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $(12,229) $ —

—Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (405) $ (5,554) $ —

—Other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $

(738) $ —

—Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ (1,700) $ —

—Issuance of Series A Special Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $(63,112) $ —

17. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The unaudited consolidated interim financial information  presented should be read in conjunction

with other information included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The  following
unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments necessary  for the  fair presentation

111

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

17. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Continued)

of the results of interim periods. The following tables  set forth selected unaudited  quarterly financial
information for each of the Company’s last eight  quarters.

2012
(In thousands)

Jun 30,
2012

Mar 31,
2012

Dec 31,
2011

Sep  30,
2011

Consolidated Quarterly Statements of  Income
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost and expenses
Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating

expenses

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

170,402

$

178,175

$

166,500

$

193,330

102,588

105,955

100,877

107,579

60,999
4,783

53,619
7,012

50,957
7,574

71,260
6,224

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

168,370

166,586

159,408

185,063

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net

Income before income taxes and

noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income before noncontrolling interest . . . .
Add net income attributable to noncontrolling

2,032
(267)

1,765
(571)

1,194

11,589
(265)

11,324
(4,638)

6,686

7,092
(236)

6,856
(2,976)

3,880

interest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

607

291

285

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,801

$

6,977

$

4,165

$

8,267
(221)

8,046
(3,697)

4,349

251

4,600

Net income attributable to common

stockholders per share*:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares used in computing

per share amounts:

$

$

0.05

0.05

$

$

0.18

0.18

$

$

0.11

0.11

$

$

0.12

0.12

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35,952,162

35,876,829

35,755,685

35,629,836

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35,973,316

35,913,576

35,976,779

35,954,075

112

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

K12 Inc.

17. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Continued)

2011
(In thousands)

Jun 30,
2011

Mar 31,
2011

Dec 31,
2010

Sep  30,
2010

Consolidated Quarterly Statements of  Income
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost and expenses
Instructional costs  and services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, administrative and other operating

expenses

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

128,268

$

130,293

$

129,002

$

134,871

78,107

77,727

76,195

75,082

52,324
4,029

36,763
4,972

35,177
3,435

50,498
3,911

Total  costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

134,460

119,462

114,807

129,491

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense, net

Income (loss) before income taxes and

noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax benefit (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) before noncontrolling

(6,192)
(237)

(6,429)
2,968

10,831
(307)

10,524
(5,260)

interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(3,461)

5,264

Add net income attributable to noncontrolling

interest

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

617

335

14,195
(366)

13,829
(6,119)

7,710

129

5,380
(297)

5,083
(2,931)

2,152

46

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(2,844) $

5,599

$

7,839

$

2,198

Net income (loss) attributable to common

stockholders per share*:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares used in computing

per share amounts:

$

$

(0.08) $

(0.08) $

0.17

0.16

$

$

0.24

0.23

$

$

0.07

0.07

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34,460,563

30,958,807

30,565,683

30,343,696

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34,460,563

31,758,313

31,128,286

30,805,106

* Reflects the impact of rounding.

113

SCHEDULE II

K12 INC
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010

1.

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.

INVENTORY RESERVE

June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. COMPUTER RESERVE(1)

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

$1,777,481
$1,362,530
$1,055,261

Additions
Charged to
Cost and
Expenses

204,386
1,471,510
502,723

Deductions
from
Allowance

357,893
1,056,559
195,454

Balance at
End  of
Period

$1,623,974
$1,777,481
$1,362,530

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

$2,916,659
$1,903,448
$ 884,094

Charged to
Cost and
Expenses

1,617,623
1,060,157
1,085,270

Deductions,
Shrinkage and
Obsolescence

Balance at
End of
Period

27,301
46,946
65,916

$4,506,981
$2,916,659
$1,903,448

June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

$1,063,285
$ 843,876
$1,022,147

Additions
(Deductions)
Charged to
Cost and
Expenses

1,038,132
219,409
(178,271)

Deductions,
Shrinkage and
Obsolescence

Balance  at
End of
Period

594,118
—
—

$1,507,299
$1,063,285
$ 843,876

(1) A reserve account is maintained against potential shrinkage and obsolescence  for those

computers provided to the Company’s students. The reserve is calculated based upon
several factors including historical percentages, the net  book  value and remaining useful
life. During fiscal year 2011, certain computers  were written off  against the  reserve.

4.

INCOME TAX VALUATION ALLOWANCE

June 30, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

$915,945
$820,213
$746,726

Additions to
Net Deferred
Tax Assets
Allowance

Deductions in
Net Deferred
Tax Asset
Allowance

149,884
95,732
73,487

—
—
—

Balance  at
End of
Period

$1,065,829
$ 915,945
$ 820,213

114

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  AND FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended)(the ‘‘Exchange Act’’) management  has evaluated, with  the participation of our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer, the effectiveness of  our disclosure  controls and  procedures
as of  the end of the period covered by  this  report. Disclosure controls and procedures refer to controls
and other procedures designed to ensure that information required  to  be  disclosed in  the reports the
Company files or submits under the  Exchange Act is recorded,  processed, summarized  and reported,
within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of  the Securities and  Exchange Commission.
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls  and procedures designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed  by  us  in our  reports that the  Company files  or submits
under the Exchange Act is accumulated  and communicated  to  management, including our  chief
executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions  regarding our
required disclosure. In designing and  evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognizes that any controls and procedures, no  matter how well designed  and operated, can provide
only reasonable assurance of achieving the  desired  control  objectives, and  management necessarily
applies its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controls and procedures. Based on the
evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures  as of June 30, 2012, our  chief executive officer
and chief financial officer concluded that, as of  such date,  our disclosure  controls and procedures were
effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over  Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal  control  over

financial reporting.

Internal control over financial reporting refers to a  process designed by,  or under the  supervision

of, our chief executive officer and chief  financial officer and effected by  our board  of  directors,
management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding  the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes  in accordance with  generally
accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

(cid:127) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly  reflect the

transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded  as necessary to permit preparation

of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted  accounting principles, and  that our
receipts  and expenditures are being made  only  in accordance with authorizations of our
management and members of our board of directors; and

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of  unauthorized

acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets  that could  have a material  effect  on our financial
statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute  assurance of achieving financial

reporting objectives because of inherent limitations. Internal  control over financial reporting is  a
process that involves human diligence  and compliance  and  is subject to lapses  in judgment  and
breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal  control over  financial reporting  also can be

115

circumvented by collusion or improper override. Because of such  limitations, there is a  risk that
material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control  over
financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known  features of the  financial  reporting
process, and it is possible to design into  the process  safeguards  to  reduce, though not eliminate, this
risk.

Management evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial  reporting as of
June 30, 2012 using the framework set forth in  the report of the  Treadway Commission’s Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations (COSO), ‘‘Internal  Control—Integrated Framework.’’  As a  result of
management’s evaluation of our internal control over financial  reporting,  management concluded  that
as of  June 30, 2012, our internal control over financial reporting  was  effective. The effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as  of June 30, 2012  has been audited by BDO  USA, LLP, an
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  its  report  which  appears  on  page  117  of  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consistent with guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission, management  did not
include the operations acquired from  Kaplan Virtual Education  in the internal controls assessment as
of June 30, 2012. The operations were acquired on July 1, 2011  and constituted 2% of  total  assets and
4% of revenues for the year then ended.

Changes  in Internal Control over Financial Reporting—Remediation of Previously  Identified Material

Weakness

During the audit process for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011,  management assessed a  material

weakness in our internal control over financial  reporting related to the project  management of the
implementation of a new enterprise-wide financial system and the resulting effects the system had on
our  ability to execute our financial reporting close process in a  timely  manner.

In fiscal year 2012, to address this material  weakness  in our  internal control over financial

reporting concerning our management of the  enterprise  resource planning system (‘‘ERP System’’), we
engaged external resources to assist company information technology and accounting  staff engaged in
intensive quality control and checking of the new ERP System to timely perform the quarterly  close
process and ensure accurate financial reporting. We  have enhanced our system development life cycle
approach and will  follow the new approach for expected  further  enhancements  and updates to the ERP
System. We have hired additional information  technology management  personnel with extensive
experience managing the operations of  and  enhancement  of  ERP systems.  In addition, following the
addition of our new President and Chief Operating  Officer,  new  project management and  additional
staff,  subsequent to the end of the 2012 fiscal  year, we hired a new Chief Information Officer with
significant ERP systems experience who  oversees the current operation of and  future improvements to
the ERP and other information technology infrastructure.

As of June 30, 2012, we determined that the measures undertaken to establish an effectively
designed and operating process of internal control  over financial reporting have  enabled management
to conclude that the material weakness identified during the audit of  our financial statements as  of
June 30, 2011 has been remediated.

116

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia

We  have audited K12 Inc. and subsidiaries’  (the  Company)  internal control  over financial reporting

as of  June 30, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations  of the Treadway Commission  (the  COSO criteria).
K12 Inc. and subsidiaries’ management  is responsible for  maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the  effectiveness  of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s  Annual  Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion  on the  Company’s internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  effective  internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included  obtaining an understanding  of internal control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material weakness exists, and testing and  evaluating  the
design and operating effectiveness of internal  control  based on the assessed risk. Our  audit also
included performing such other procedures as we considered  necessary in the circumstances.  We  believe
that our audit provides a reasonable  basis  for our  opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide  reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of  financial  reporting and the preparation  of  financial  statements for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)  pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable  detail, accurately and fairly reflect the  transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions  are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made  only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and  (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention  or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the Company’s assets that could  have a material  effect on the  financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation  of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate  because of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Item 9A,  Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control
over Financial Reporting, management’s  assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls  of Kaplan Virtual Education and
Insight Schools, which was acquired on July  1, 2011  and is  included in  the consolidated balance sheet
of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2012  and the  related  consolidated statements of  operations,
redeemable convertible preferred stock and equity  (deficit), and cash flows for the year ended June 30,
2012. Kaplan Virtual Education and  Insight  Schools constituted 2% of  total assets as  of June  30, 2012,
and 4% revenues for the year then ended. Management did  not  assess the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting of the  entities because  of the timing of the acquisitions. Our  audit of
internal control over financial reporting of  K12 Inc. also did not include an  evaluation of the internal
control over financial reporting of Kaplan  Virtual Education  and  Insight Schools.

117

In our opinion, K12 Inc. and subsidiaries maintained,  in all material respects,  effective  internal

control over financial reporting as of  June 30, 2012, based on the COSO  criteria.

We  also have audited, in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the  consolidated balance sheets of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries as of
June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible
preferred stock and equity (deficit), and cash  flows for  each  of  the three  years  in the period ended
June 30, 2012 and our report dated September  12, 2012  expressed an  unqualified opinion thereon.

Bethesda, Maryland
September 12, 2012

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

118

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None

PART III

We  will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our  2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the ‘‘2012
Proxy Statement’’) with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later  than 120  days after the end of
our  fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required  by Part III has  been omitted under  General
Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2012 Proxy Statement  that  specifically
address the items set forth herein are incorporated  by  reference.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 is  hereby incorporated by reference to our 2012 Proxy

Statement under the captions ‘‘Election  of  Directors’’ and ‘‘Section 16(a)  Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance.’’

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 is  hereby incorporated by reference from our 2012  Proxy

Statement under the captions ‘‘Executive Compensation’’ and ‘‘Director Compensation.’’

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 is  hereby incorporated by reference from our 2012  Proxy
Statement under the caption ‘‘Security Ownership of  Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.’’

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS  AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 is  hereby incorporated by reference from our 2012  Proxy

Statement under the captions ‘‘Certain Transactions’’  and ‘‘Director Independence.’’

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 is  hereby incorporated by reference from our 2012  Proxy

Statement under the caption ‘‘Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees.’’

119

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements.

PART IV

The information required by this item is  incorporated herein by reference  to  the financial

statements and notes thereto listed in Item  8 of Part II and included in this Annual Report.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the  required information is included  in the
financial statements and notes thereto listed in Item  8 of Part II and included in this Annual Report.

(c) Exhibits.

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed herewith.

See Exhibit Index

120

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13 or 15(d)  of  the Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as

amended, the registrant has duly caused this  report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

K12 INC.

By: /s/ RONALD J. PACKARD

Name: Ronald J. Packard
Title: Chief Executive Officer

September 12, 2012

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all persons by these presents, that  each person whose  signature appears below constitutes
and appoints Ronald J. Packard, Harry  T. Hawks and Howard D. Polsky, and each of them severally,
his or  her true and lawful attorney-in-fact with  power  of substitution and resubstitution  to  sign in his or
her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities,  to  do any and  all things and execute any and all
instruments that such attorney may deem necessary or  advisable  under the Securities Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements  of the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with the Annual Report on Form  10-K  and any and all amendments hereto,
as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or  could  do in person,  and hereby ratifies and
confirms all said attorneys-in-fact and  agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute or substitutes,
may lawfully do or cause to be done  by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has
been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the  registrant  and  in the capacities  and on the
dates indicated:

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ RONALD J.  PACKARD

Ronald J. Packard

Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive
Officer)

September  12, 2012

/s/ HARRY T. HAWKS

Harry T. Hawks

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)

September 12, 2012

/s/ NATHANIEL A. DAVIS

Nathaniel A. Davis

Chairman of the Board and
Director

September 12, 2012

/s/ CRAIG R. BARRETT

Craig R. Barrett

Director

September 12, 2012

121

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ GUILLERMO BRON

Guillermo Bron

/s/ STEVEN B. FINK

Steven B. Fink

/s/ MARY H. FUTRELL

Mary H. Futrell

/s/ JON Q. REYNOLDS

Jon Q. Reynolds

/s/ ANDREW H.  TISCH

Andrew H. Tisch

Director

September 12, 2012

Director

September 12, 2012

Director

September 12, 2012

Director

September 12, 2012

Director

September 12, 2012

122

Exhibit
No.

3.1

3.2

4.1

Exhibit Index

Description of Exhibit

Third Amended and Restated  Certificate  of Incorporation  of K12 Inc.  (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended December 31, 2007).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of K12  Inc.  (incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  3.2 to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q  for  the quarter ended December 31,
2007).

Form of stock certificate of common stock  (incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  4.1 to
the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

4.2* Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan and Amendment  thereto  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

4.3*

Form of Stock Option Contract—Employee (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on  Form S-1, File  No. 333-144894).

4.4

4.5

4.6*

4.7*

4.8*

4.9

10.1

Form of Stock Option Contract—Director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No.  333-144894).

Form of Second Amended and Restated  Stockholders  Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

K12 Inc. 2007 Equity  Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to
the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

K12 Inc. 2007 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan  (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 4.9 to
the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

Form of Indemnification Agreement for  Non-Management Directors and for Officers of
K12 Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1  to  the Registrant’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,  2008).

Form of Director’s Indemnification Agreement (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with  the SEC on October 22, 2008).

Revolving Credit Agreement and Certain  Other Loan Documents by and among K12 Inc.,
School Leasing Corporation, American School  Supply Corporation and  PNC  Bank, N.A.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s  Registration Statement on
Form S-1, File No. 333-144894).

10.2*^ Amended and Restated Stock  Option Agreement of Ronald J. Packard  dated as of

July 12, 2007 (incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Amendment
No. 6 to Registration Statement on Form S-1,  File  No. 333-144894).

10.3*

10.4*

Stock Option Agreement of Bruce J. Davis (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on  Form S-1, File  No. 333-144894).

Employment Agreement of  Bruce J.  Davis (incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  10.11 to
the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894.

123

Exhibit
No.

10.5

10.6*

10.7*

Description of Exhibit

Deed of Lease by and between ACP/2300 Corporate Park Owner,  LLC and K12 Inc.,
dated December 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the  Registrant’s
Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement  on Form S-1,  File  No. 333-144894).

Employment Agreement of  Celia  Stokes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to
the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

Employment Agreement of  Howard D.  Polsky  (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.16
to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1, File
No. 333-144894).

10.8*^ Stock Option Agreement between K12 Inc. and Ronald J.  Packard  dated as of July 12,

2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s  Amendment No. 6 to
Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-144894).

10.9*

First Amendment to Employment Agreement of Howard D.  Polsky (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s  Amendment No.  4 to Registration Statement
on Form S-1, File No. 333-144894).

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13*

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement  (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Amendment  No. 4  to  Registration  Statement on
Form S-1, File No. 333-144894).

First Amendment to Deed  of  Lease by  and between  ACP/2300 Corporate Park
Owner, LLC and K12 Inc., dated as  of November 30, 2006 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Annual Report  on Form  10-K for the year ended
June 30, 2008).

Second Amendment to Deed of  Lease by and  between ACP/2300 Corporate  Park
Owner, LLC and K12 Inc., dated as  of March 26,  2007 (incorporated by reference  to
Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Annual Report  on Form  10-K for the year ended
June 30, 2008).

Employment Agreement of  Harry T. Hawks (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q  for  the quarter ended March 31, 2010).

Agreement and Plan of Merger  by and among  K12 Inc., Kayleigh  Sub Two LLC,  Kayleigh
Sub One Corp., KC Distance Learning, Inc.,  and KCDL Holdings LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current  Report on Form  8-K  filed with the
SEC on July 26, 2010).

Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Relative and Other Special Rights of
Series A Special Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the  Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July  26, 2010).

Voting Agreement (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the  Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC  on July 26, 2010).

Stockholders Agreement by and among K12  Inc., KCDL Holdings LLC, Learning
Group LLC, Learning Group Partners, Knowledge Industries  LLC, and Cornerstone
Financial Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the  Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 6, 2010).

10.18* Amendment to Amended and Restated  Stock  Option Agreement (incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended December 31, 2010).

124

Exhibit
No.

Description of Exhibit

10.19*^ Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Ronald J. Packard (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed  with the
SEC on October 6, 2010).

10.20

10.21

10.22*

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Securities Purchase Agreement among K12 Inc. and The Other Parties Named  Herein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s  Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April  18, 2011).

Investor  Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1  to  the Registrant’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April  29, 2011).

Employment Agreement of  Timothy L. Murray (incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit 10.1
to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q  for  the quarter ended March 31,
2012).

Subsidiaries of K12 Inc.

Consent of BDO USA, LLP.

Power of Attorney (included in  signature pages).

Certification of Principal Executive  Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule  13a-14(a)  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Certification of Principal Executive  Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b)  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and  18 U.S.C. Section  1350.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule  13a-14(b) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and  18 U.S.C. Section  1350.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

* Denotes management compensation  plan or arrangement.

^ Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. A

complete copy of the document, including the  redacted portions, has been  filed separately  with the
SEC.

# Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation  S-T, the  Interactive Data  Files  included in  Exhibit  101 hereto
are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or  prospectus  for purposes of Sections 11
or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not  filed for purposes of Section 18
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and  otherwise  are  not subject to liability
under those Sections.

125

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Name

Exhibit 21.1

Jurisdiction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

K12 Management Inc.
K12 Services Inc.
Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc.
K12 International Holdings B.V.
University Education Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
KC Distance Learning LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
The American Education Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nevada

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Utah

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netherlands

Subsidiaries of K12 Management Inc.

Name

Jurisdiction

K12 Virtual Schools LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Classroom LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 California Education Solutions LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Florida LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Washington LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
Capital Education LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

Subsidiary of Power-Glide Language Courses, Inc.

Name

Jurisdiction

Middlebury Interactive Languages LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware

Subsidiaries of K12 International Holdings  B.V.

Name

Jurisdiction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netherlands

K12 International Academy B.V.
K12 International Ltd.
K12 Middle East Ltd.
K12 International LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 International GmbH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Web International Education Group Ltd.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cayman  Islands
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cayman  Islands

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cayman  Islands

Switzerland

Subsidiaries of K12 Middle East Ltd.

Name

Jurisdiction

K12 Middle East LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delaware
K12 Middle East FZ LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UAE

Subsidiary of K12 International GmbH

Name

Jurisdiction

International School of Berne AG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Switzerland

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm

Exhibit 23.1

K12 Inc.
Herndon, Virginia

We  hereby consent to the incorporation  by reference in  the Registration  Statement on  Form S-8

(No. 333-148436) of K12 Inc. of our  reports dated September 12, 2012,  relating to the consolidated
financial statements, financial statement schedule and the  effectiveness  of K12 Inc.  and subsidiaries’
internal control over financial reporting, which appear in  this Form 10-K.  Our report on the
effectiveness of internal control over  financial reporting  expresses an unqualified opinion  on the
effectiveness of K12 Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control  over financial  reporting as  of  June  30, 2012.

Bethesda, Maryland
September 12, 2012

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION  OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE  OFFICER

I, Ronald J. Packard, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of K12  Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not  contain any  untrue statement of a  material  fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary  to  make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading  with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects  the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the  periods presented in  this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are  responsible  for establishing  and maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined  in Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in  Exchange Act  Rules 13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure  controls and

procedures to be designed under our  supervision, to ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated  subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in  which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting,  or caused such  internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,  to  provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the  registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions  about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered  by this  report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in  the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal  control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation  of  internal

control over financial reporting which are  reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material,  that involves management or other employees  who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial  reporting.

Date: September 12, 2012

/s/ RONALD J.  PACKARD

Ronald J. Packard
Chief  Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Harry T. Hawks, certify that:

(1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of K12  Inc.;

(2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not  contain any  untrue statement of a  material  fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary  to  make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading  with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

(3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects  the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the  periods presented in  this report;

(4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are  responsible  for establishing  and maintaining

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined  in Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in  Exchange Act  Rules 13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure  controls and

procedures to be designed under our  supervision, to ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated  subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in  which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting,  or caused such  internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision,  to  provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the  registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions  about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered  by this  report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in  the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal  control over financial reporting; and

(5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s  auditors and the  audit committee of
the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation  of  internal

control over financial reporting which are  reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material,  that involves management or other employees  who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial  reporting.

Date: September 12, 2012

/s/ HARRY T. HAWKS

Harry T. Hawks
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

The following certification is being furnished  solely to accompany the Report  pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238.  This  certification shall not be
deemed ‘‘filed’’ for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended, nor
shall it be incorporated by reference in any filing of the Company  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, whether made before or after the date hereof,  regardless of any general  incorporation
language in such filing.

Section 906 Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906  of  the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002,
the undersigned officer of K12 Inc., a  Delaware corporation (the ‘‘Company’’), hereby certifies, to such
officer’s knowledge, that:

(1) the  accompanying Annual Report  of the Company on Form 10-K for the  period ended
June 30, 2012 (the ‘‘Report’’) fully complies with  the requirements of Section 13(a)  or
Section  15(d), as applicable, of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended; and

(2) the  information contained in the Report fairly presents, in  all material  respects, the financial

condition and results of operations of  the Company.

Dated: September 12, 2012

/s/ RONALD J.  PACKARD

Ronald J. Packard
Chief  Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 32.2

The following certification is being furnished  solely to accompany the Report  pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350 and in accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238.  This  certification shall not be
deemed ‘‘filed’’ for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended, nor
shall it be incorporated by reference in any filing of the Company  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, whether made before or after the date hereof,  regardless of any general  incorporation
language in such filing.

Section 906 Certification

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906  of  the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002,
the undersigned officer of K12 Inc., a  Delaware corporation (the ‘‘Company’’), hereby certifies, to such
officer’s knowledge, that:

(1) the  accompanying Annual Report  of the Company on Form 10-K for the  period ended
June 30, 2012 (the ‘‘Report’’) fully complies with  the requirements of Section 13(a)  or
Section  15(d), as applicable, of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended; and

(2) the  information contained in the Report fairly presents, in  all material  respects, the financial

condition and results of operations of  the Company.

Dated: September 12, 2012

/s/ HARRY T. HAWKS

Harry T. Hawks
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)